All Issues

DEX Issues


aviation_maintenance - issues
DEX: (D011) aviation_maintenance — Aviation maintenance Date: 2009/06/17 17:10:29
Revision: 1.154

Issue raised against: aviation_maintenance

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: RBN-7 by Rob Bodington (08-03-20) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The NSN code should be broken down into it constituent parts. E.g. NIN code. Consider using the Item of supply


Open issue Issue: RBN-8 by Rob Bodington (08-03-20) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The section on a reportable item "10303-239 representation Representing a reportable item", should show how to represent the GUID


Open issue Issue: RBN-9 by Rob Bodington (08-03-20) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

When representing a state. There should be a representation of "how" something was determined to be in a given state. E.g. by measurement of a particular piece of test equipment. The relationship between a fault state and a symptom should also be made explicit. E.g. the cause effect relationship. The "Observation/symptom" is that the car vibrates = the cause is the flat tyre state of the wheel.


Open issue Issue: RBN-10 by Rob Bodington (08-03-20) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Figure 23 "UML class diagram representing the state of an asset" The deferred fault should go straight to a closed work order


Open issue Issue: RBN-11 by Rob Bodington (08-06-18) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

"Figure 39 EXPRESS-G diagram for representing a usage activity" The justification shoudl be optional as you may not know what caused the chnage in propoerty.

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: PBM-1 by Peter Bergström (06-05-18) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Capabilities and templates for properties have been changed. This affects this DEX, too:
- template assigning_activity_property is now called assigning_process_property, and template activity_property_value has changed name to process_property_numeric, and has been moved into Cap077 assigning_process_properties. Therefore, references to this template (e.g. in section "Activity Record") needs to be changed, as well as figure 3.
- template product_property_value has changed name to product_property_numeric, and has been moved into Cap076 assigning_product_properties. Therefore, references to this template (e.g. in section "Properties of the Reportable item") needs to be changed, as well as figure 5.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-03-28)
The DEX now uses the latest templates


Closed issue Issue: GYL-1 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-03-27) major_technical issue
Resolution: Reject. Status: closed

The mapping of Maintenance activity is not done in accordance with the intended usage of the PLCS entities Activity and Activity_actual. The Activity entity shall deal with the information related to the planned work, whereas the Activity_actual shall deal with the information record throughout the performance of an activity. The mapping in Figure 5 does not show this distinction. The mapping of the maintenance activity should include both Activity, Activity_actual and Activity_happening entities. There should probably be two "assigning_activity" templates used, one for the relationship between the Activity (i.e. the planned) and one for the Activity_actual (i.e. the recorded).

The assignments of "assigning_time" representing the planned start , and planned end shall be assigned to the Activity entity. So should also the "assigning_process_property" representing expected man hours, and the "assigning_identification" that identifies the Maintenance activity.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-03-28)

I think that you were reviewing an out of date copy. The maintenance activity is represented by the template representing_work_done. This contains an Activity_actual related to an activity by Activity_happening. The related activity is the Directed_activity which is part of representing_work_order.

The assignments of properties, people etc, are all assigned to the Actual_activity in the template representing_work_done


Closed issue Issue: GYL-2 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-03-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The mapping of the link to a predefined maintenance task (choosen_method) in figure 5 should relate to a Task_method_version, instead of a Activity_method. This would allow for versions of Maintenance Tasks. (see DEX 3, task set).

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-03-28)
There was an agreement that the a work order and typical activity would be described by an activity_method which is then related to a task - if appropriate, by an Activity_method_realization. That way the DEX does not enforce the use of Task - which some business processes do not support


Closed issue Issue: GYL-3 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-03-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The text under "Reportable_activity.reporting_organization" and "Reportable_activity.reporting_person" should probably refer to the reporting organization/person instead of as now, the one who undertook the activity.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-03-30)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-4 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-03-27) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The mapping of Reportable_item.previous_part_numbers and Reportable_item.previous_serial_numbers in figure 10 should use Dated_effectivity instead of "assigning_time" representing start/end dates.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-04-18)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-5 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-03-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The mapping of NSN in figure 5 is not in line with other mappings done (e.g.) UK_Defence. There has been a discussion on representing NATO Stock Items as Resource_items, and not assign the NSN directly to the Part.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-03-28)
We are not referring to a NATO Stock Item. We are saying that this part (or product as realized) has been classified by this NSN number. It is a classification. We are not referring to a resource item. My understanding was that was the UK_Defence approach as well.
Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-06)
Also see GYL-8,,GYL-56, GYL-86, MB-22
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-08-15)
Changed to use representing_resource_item_realization to represent NSN. Furthermore, the NSN IS assigned to Part.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-6 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-03-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Reportable_item_property is probably not a good name, since its usage is limited to recorded values. Suggestion rename to e.g "Reportable_item_recorded_property" (or measured or...)

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-03-30)
It is used as a value for a task trigger as well. The intent is to provide a scoping model rather than a detailed model


Closed issue Issue: GYL-7 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-03-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

We should not use the Resource_as_realized_resource_item.quantity attribute, but use a property assignment instead. (figure 14)

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-04-18)
Why?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-15)
Changed to use resource propoerties


Closed issue Issue: GYL-8 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-03-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Why is the NSN assigned to a Product_as_realized. A product as realized is always related to a Part, which in turn..... Also see issue GYL-5

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-03-28)
See GYL-5, GYL-56, GYL-86, MB-22
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-08-15)
It is not assigned to a Product_as_realized - it is assigned to a Part.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-15)
The NSN is represented as resource item. The part of product_as_realised is identified as a resource item which is identified by its NSN.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-9 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-03-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 18 (EXPRESS_G diagram for representing a usage activity) should be reworked in accordance with the issue GYL-1.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-03-30)
The diagram has been redrawn to use the template reporting_product_usage


Closed issue Issue: GYL-10 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-03-27) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 26 (EXPRESS_G diagram for new PN, SN and NSN) should use Dated_effectivity instead of "assigning_time" representing start/end dates (Also see issue GYL-4).

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-04-18)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: TRO-1 by Trisha Rollo (2007-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 15 - note needs adding to figure about the use of template (similar to that in figure 11).

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 2007-04-11)
Figure 15 has been amended to add note


Closed issue Issue: TRO-2 by Trisha Rollo (2007-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Maintenance_work_order.maintenance_organization is the Maintenance Organization raising the Maintenance Work Order . This also contradicts the PLCS representation statement which indicates the organization conducting the maintenance.

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 2007-04-11)
work order requires both organizations, amended


Closed issue Issue: TRO-3 by Trisha Rollo (2007-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Fig 9 should show an approval. There should also be a template table and text

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 2007-04-11)
Figure 9, template and text amended


Closed issue Issue: TRO-4 by Trisha Rollo (2007-04-11) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

How do we represent the relationship between LCN number (breakdown) and part number.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-15)
The LCN is represented by a breakdown element. The parts that can be fitted in that position are them related to the breakdown element by a Breakdown_element_realization


Closed issue Issue: TRO-5 by Trisha Rollo (2007-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

How is an unknown or not required version number identified

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-04-18)
This is described in the capability representing part


Closed issue Issue: TRO-6 by Trisha Rollo (2007-04-11) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Representing a reportable item/PLCS representation /Part referencing capability rather than template: (For details of identification, see the capability: C001: assigning_identifiers and the template: C001: assigning_identifiers). Should state (For details of identification, see the capability: C001: assigning_identifiers and the template: assigning_identification).

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 2007-04-12)
text amended


Closed issue Issue: TRO-7 by Trisha Rollo (2007-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Representing a reportable item / Figure 11 should show both Manufacturing and owning organizations of the part. PLCS representation needs to reflect this also

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 2007-04-11)
Figure 11, template table and text amended


Closed issue Issue: TRO-8 by Trisha Rollo (2007-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 13 is wrong it is missing view_defn_context . PLCS representation needs to reflect that this would be part of the template representing_product_as_realized.

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 2007-04-11)
Figure 13 and PLCS representation amended


Closed issue Issue: TRO-9 by Trisha Rollo (2007-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Representing properties on a reportable item/PLCS representation words explaining property_value_relationship or time, organization and value type required

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 2007-04-11)
PLCS representation amended


Closed issue Issue: TRO-10 by Trisha Rollo (2007-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figures 7,11,13,15,17,19,25,27 and 29.need references to other figures completing

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-04-18)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: TRO-11 by Trisha Rollo (2007-04-11) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Representing replaced parts need to clarify what is the difference between this and installing parts - trackable versus non trackable STItems.

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 2007-04-13)
PLCS representation amended


Closed issue Issue: TRO-12 by Trisha Rollo (2007-04-12) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

PLCS representation sections should be amended to reflect the style of Representing state of a reportable item

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 2007-04-16)
Done: Representing a message Representing a maintenance work order Representing reportable item maintenance activity Representing a reportable item Representing properties on a reportable item Representing replaced parts Representing installation/removal position on an aircraft Representing a reportable item usage activity Representing reportable item location Representing related components Representing change of Part Number, Serial Number, and NSN Representing Inventory Gain and Loss Awaiting: Representing Task extensions


Closed issue Issue: TRO-13 by Trisha Rollo (2007-04-13) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Maintenance work order PLCS. The PLCS seems to contradict the figure. In the figure the assigning_activity relates the r_p_a_r for the end item to the r_w_o, and not the r_p_a_r for the reportable item.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-04-18)
Corrected.


Closed issue Issue: MB-1 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

2 Related DEXs ......Product operational information. The procedures ........ This full stop seems wrong. Possibly a colon?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-06-28)
OK - corrected


Closed issue Issue: MB-2 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

3 Scope ......items life ........ I think we also need health. eg "pressure" in a tyre; max pressure during sortie for an engine stage.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-06-28)
OK - propose we add: The health of a reportable item, e.g tyre pressure
Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-04)
done The health of a reportable item, e.g tyre pressure


Closed issue Issue: MB-3 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

4 Business Process ......Removal and evacuation -> Repair/Overhaul ........ These seem to be reasons for removing an item, but not activities in themselves. I do not see how they differ from "Removal".

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-07-04)
These have been derived from the DA2410 - we need to discuss changing it
Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-03)
Different business practices such as the 2140 may record the type of maintenance activity.


Closed issue Issue: MB-4 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

5 Inventory activities .......Gains To Inventory -> Loss to inventory ........ Are these part of the AM DEX, or are they covered by DEX 8? If the purpose is to say "this asset is now mine", and "this asset is no longer mine" then it probably is part of this DEX. My intent for this when discussing LITS data was for Inventory Gain to provide all the information about the asset. That is probably the purpose of DEX 8 for status, and this DEX for history of maintenance.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-15)
The purpose is to say "this asset is now mine", and "this asset is no longer mine". The section has been clarified to explain this and to show


Closed issue Issue: MB-5 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

6 Information Model Product usage information .... Possibly include "operating environment"?

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-04)
done


Closed issue Issue: MB-6 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

6 Information Model Product usage .... I think that health is required here. eg "maximum operating temperature" Health is a measure that must be within a given range; may be one of "between A and B"; "less than A" "more than A".

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-03)
The DEX reports actual properties recorded. "maximum operating temperature" would just be another property.


Closed issue Issue: MB-7 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

6 Information Model Product usage Serviceability change This activity reports when a serviceable, uninstalled item .... Also applies to aircraft.

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-04)
done added "or end item"


Closed issue Issue: MB-8 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

6 Information Model Product usage Serviceability change .....rejection .... I'm not sure about the term "rejection". Examples I might use are "maintenance has become due" and "an operator has identified a fault".

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-04)
done - the engine manufacturers use rejection so keeping it, but added these examples


Closed issue Issue: MB-9 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

6 Information Model Removal of Serviceable Reportable Items for Controlled Exchange ............ Should this state that the installation is reported as a separate, related, Installation activity?

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-04)
done - added statement


Closed issue Issue: MB-10 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

6 Information Model Lifing extension ...........date........ It is not "date"; it is the life value

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-05)
done - changed to state life value, e.g. date


Closed issue Issue: MB-11 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

6 Information Model Lifing extension ...........tasks........ It is not "tasks" in general; it is "maintenance activity is due"; The maintenance activity may be "discard the part" for finite life.

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-05)
done - added maintenance activities


Closed issue Issue: MB-12 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

6 Information Model Maintenance ..........approved........ Is it just "approval" or is it other task life-cycle activities, such as recording effort; recording task completion; recording task coordination? In general, I thing it is recording management information about the maintenance activity whereas the other items are recording what happened to the asset.

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-05)
done - changed


Closed issue Issue: MB-13 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

6 Information Model Loss to inventory ..........has be decommissioned ........ typo: "been"

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-05)
done - changed


Closed issue Issue: MB-14 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

6 Information Model Maintenance work order .......... I had previously said that Sapphire allows multiple "arisings" ("observations"/"symptoms") on a work order.. I am advised that this is incorrect. Sapphire has a concept off "work package", which is a group of Work Orders to be addressed together (eg grouped by trade) and allocated to one person to "manage". The allocation of work orders to a work package is a manual process in Sapphire; A work order must be part of a Work Package for Sapphire to allow work to be recorded. I have not seen anything in the DEX that would allow "Work packages" to be passed.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-15)
You can relate work orders together. So to represent a package of work orders, you have one work order for the package, which is related to the set making up the package


Closed issue Issue: MB-15 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

7 Aviation Maintenance - Implementation details .......... It is a little confusing in this section that the template names do not reflect the names in the diagram. eg: "Template: #1 representing_product_as_realized " rather than "Template: #1 Reportable Item".

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-05)
done - entered title after Template number


Closed issue Issue: MB-16 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

9 Business information .....required, see: Section: . ..... Missing reference.

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-05)
fixed


Closed issue Issue: MB-17 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Template #1 (Figure 5): .....Local_time........... This says "local time", but subsequent comment ("offset") suggests that time should be UTC, not local.

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-06)
Wording changed


Closed issue Issue: MB-18 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

ap239_id_class_name: .....the message (Message) of the message............ No make sense to me

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-05)
Wording is confusing; needs to be assessed but it is default wording
Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-03)
Improved definition


Closed issue Issue: MB-19 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 6 UML model representing a maintenance work order Maintenance_activity ............ Should there be something related to this identifying who did it; resources used, etc, or does that come later?

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-05)
Figure and wording amended


Closed issue Issue: MB-20 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 6 UML model representing a maintenance work order Repair_overhaul ............ Does this also cover the case where an asset is removed and returned to stores? I believe it is "any removal where there is no immediate plan to fit either to the same position or to another position or end-item.". As such I think the name is misleading.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-03)
The activities are given as examples.


Closed issue Issue: MB-21 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

10 PLCS representation ............ feel that these sections would be better organised with the diagram before the description. It took me a while to realise that the template numbers were referring to the later diagram rather than to an earlier diagram.

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-06)
statement added


Closed issue Issue: MB-22 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

10 PLCS representation .......Reportable_item.NSN NATO Stock Number of the reportable item ..... This may be a "domestic" code

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-06)
Some references amended within document (not template references or diagrams) however see GYL5, GYL-8,GYL-56, GYL-86,
Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-03)
Corrected all references to NSN


Closed issue Issue: MB-23 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

10 PLCS representation .......Reportable_item.supplier_code ...... NOTE The supply code ..... "NOTE The supplier code"

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-06)
changed supply to supplier


Closed issue Issue: MB-24 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

11 Representing a reportable item 12 PLCS representation ..... This seems to say that the "description" is against a part spec (PLCS "part"). Also need description against the specific part, as Sapphire allows specific comments.

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-06)
changed - added descriptor


Closed issue Issue: MB-25 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

11 Representing a reportable item 12 PLCS representation ....., it is advisable to use the template representing_product_as_realized.......... Surely the DEX should say one or the other, or if they are equivalent (which they don't appear to be to me), then show the digram with the template included.

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-06)
additional figures showing use of templates referenced added.


Closed issue Issue: MB-26 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

13 Representing properties on a reportable item Reportable_item_property.value_type ....., sortie.......... Does this mean that "sortie" would be used for a health measurement, such as "pressure"

We shoudl change this to be: the type of value - either a metered value, a cumulative value or a measured value. The measured value will not have increments. Update the uml diagram.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Changed sortie to measured


Closed issue Issue: MB-27 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

14 PLCS representation.......... This does not seem to allow for calendar-based items. Calendar-based items should give dates for "last occurred" or "next occurs", and should not (in my opinion) give"how long since" or "how long until" values. The "how long" approach requires calculation on the receiving side to provide "current" data. eg receipt of '10 days to go' needs calculation to show the true "time to go" if, for example, the data were received 3 days ago.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
PLCS deals with explicit dates/times. The example give. "hours since last repair" is wrong - that is not an explicit property, rather a time on teh last repair activity. The example has changed.


Closed issue Issue: MB-28 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

14 PLCS representation.......... It seems to me that there are three distinct cases that need to be defined: a) Life values, where numerics and deltas are required, b) "sortie" (health/consumption) values, where numeric and "current" is required; no deltas. c) Calendar-based values, where absolute date/times are required (possibly with deltas?). Since there are different required/optional sets here, it seems to me that these should be modeled separately.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Rather then model an increment/delta explicitly, the sending system sends the past and current value. Calendar based properties are properties against the repair activities - i.e. last done. The three typical cases are:


Closed issue Issue: MB-29 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

14 PLCS representation.......... "Increment" is shown as required. I believe it has no meaning when a "sortie" metric is being reported.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Now shown as optional


Closed issue Issue: MB-30 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

14 PLCS representation..........it is advisable to use the template............... Similar comment to above

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-03)
Improved text


Closed issue Issue: MB-31 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

16 Business information........., see: Section: . ............... Missing reference.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-06-29)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: MB-32 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

16 Business information........., spare ............... Does this mean "serialised"?.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
they could be serialised - the key point is that the installation history of the individual part is not racked. Wording clarified


Closed issue Issue: MB-33 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

17 PLCS representation........... The UML shows serial number as an attribute, but I see no representation of this in PLCS.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-03)
The serial number is an argument to the template "representing_product_as_relaized"


Closed issue Issue: MB-34 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

17 PLCS representation.........out of scope ............... Even if in scope, what is actually used may differ from the spec in the task. eg some parts may be "on condition" rather than "always".

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Actually - reference to the task is in scope - the wording has been changed. It is the task that defines when which part should be used. This dex records what parts were used.


Closed issue Issue: MB-35 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

17 PLCS representation..........it is advisable to use the template............... as above

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-03)
Improved text.


Closed issue Issue: MB-36 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

19 Business information......... The section heading is Representing installation/removal position on an aircraft, but the section is about history and does not reference a position in any way. There may be several positions in a parent to which a part can be fitted, eg a blade on a rotor head. The whole section is about "what" and "when" and "what to", but not "where". "Where" is needed too (PAC/SAC in LITS).

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
This section has been rewritten to make explicit representation of position using breakdowns


Closed issue Issue: MB-37 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

20 PLCS representation......... This seems to bear little relationship to the UML

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
This sections has been rewritten to make explicit representation of position using breakdowns


Closed issue Issue: MB-38 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

20 PLCS representation.........The position of the reportable item on the aircraft is represented in the Aviation maintenance DEX by referring to the next higher assembly and the aircraft (or end item) from which the reportable item is removed/installed. ................ As above, I believe this to be inadequate.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
This sections has been rewritten to make explicit representation of position using breakdowns


Closed issue Issue: MB-39 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

20 PLCS representation.........The serial number which identifies the specific reportable item, and the NSN ................ Also need part no and CAGE code.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
The reportable item is always referenced by serial number, part number and cage code


Closed issue Issue: MB-40 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

20 PLCS representation.........The serial number which identifies the specific reportable item, and the NSEach date when the installation / removal occurs is represented ................ I believe a statement is needed on what this means when part A is fitted to part B and then part B is fitted to a/c C and part A is subsequently removed.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
reworded


Closed issue Issue: MB-41 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

21 Representing a reportable item usage activity........... Usage_................. The names used here do not match the UML diagram

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Added explanatory text


Closed issue Issue: MB-42 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

21 Representing a reportable item usage activity........... template #2................. This is shown as optional; I would have thought mandatory, unless it is intended to obtain the date/time from the "sortie" by reference to something in the "sortie" record for the end item. If this latter is the case, then it should be explained.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Template #2 assigning_time is optional as the usage of the product may not have finished when the activity is reported.


Closed issue Issue: MB-43 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

21 Representing a reportable item usage activity........... Usage_profile.start_time ................ This does not appear to be represented in the PLCS.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
It is part of the template representing_product_usage


Closed issue Issue: MB-44 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

22 PLCS representation................ I'm not sure what is intended to be represented here. Is it the sortie, or is it the usage from the sortie, or both? I would have expected the sortie and the usage from the sortie to be shown separately.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
By "usage from the sortie" I presume you mean the properties resulting from the usage - they are separate - the wording has been clarified


Closed issue Issue: MB-45 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 20................ What does the bit about a business DEX mean?


Closed issue Issue: MB-46 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 20 UML................ Symptoms do not necessarily come from usage. They can come from inspection or "accident" such as "it fell off the lorry". Can this be represented?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Yes - PLCS supports this - the text has been modified accordingly.


Closed issue Issue: MB-47 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 20 ........not operating correctly................. Not quite. It means that the item is considered to have a defect; investigation may or may not find this to be true.# For example, with electronic kut it is common practice to replace several items without determining which are faulty, on the basis that getting the aircraft serviceable is important; determining which iteactually caused the fault can be done in slower time.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Improved text


Closed issue Issue: MB-48 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 20 ........UML Class definitions................. I don't see anything in here that covers "Asset Condition", which is a sub-classification of "Unserviceable" for assets, such as test, repair, scrap

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Added to Serviceability.status


Closed issue Issue: MB-49 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 20 ........Fault -> requirements ................ I think this should be "specification".

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: MB-50 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 20 ........Fault_status.deferred_to..........This could be a date, ................ There is a specific "deferred to date" attribute, so how is this expected to be used? I would guess that it would be better to keep it as a numeric life metric plus metric value. Although reading further, it looks like this is just the value, with the metric being identified in deferred_to_metric

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Improved description


Closed issue Issue: MB-51 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 20 ........Symptom.........performance ................ I'm not sure "performance" is quite right, but it is difficult to think of another term. Possibly "usability".

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Using "operation"


Closed issue Issue: MB-52 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 20 ........Symptom.flight_safetey_hazard ................. affect ................ "effect"

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
corrected


Closed issue Issue: MB-53 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 20 ........Symptom.whenhow_source .................. who ................ Can also be "discovered" by monitoring systems such as HUMS (Heath and Usage Monitoring System)

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Agreed


Closed issue Issue: MB-54 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 20 ........Servicability_status.organization ............. Serviceability Change ................ Clarity: There are two changes: Into state; Out of State. I believe it is "at the start date".

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
reworded


Closed issue Issue: MB-55 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 22 ................ This suggests that template #3 is mandatory. I believe it to be optional.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
made optional


Closed issue Issue: MB-56 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 22 ................ Template #8 is referenced from text, but I don't see it in the diagram.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Now part of assigning_observation template


Closed issue Issue: MB-57 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

24 PLCS representation.............. Symptoms ................ Should there be some description of #13 and #16?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Now references description elsewhere


Closed issue Issue: MB-58 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

24 PLCS representation.............. Symptoms ........known........ I think a different word or phrase is needed here. A fault is "kown" once it occurs. It is possibly "common" faults or "faults forseen by the manufacturer"

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
reworded


Closed issue Issue: MB-59 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

24 PLCS representation.............. Symptoms .......#18....... I think this should be #12.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
corrected


Closed issue Issue: MB-60 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

24 PLCS representation.............. Faults and States .......#7....... Believe should be #22

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
corrected


Closed issue Issue: MB-61 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

24 PLCS representation.............. This should not be confused with the code that is used to identify and the state type - these are represented by reference data and are set as parameters in the template. ....... I don't understand this bit.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Improved text


Closed issue Issue: MB-62 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

24 PLCS representation.............. first by an assessed state, then once the fault has been confirmed though measurement for example, by an asserted state. ....... Is this required, or can there be just an asserted state?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Now optional


Closed issue Issue: MB-63 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

24 PLCS representation.............. In addition many applications . ....... Missing word(s)?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
corrected


Closed issue Issue: MB-64 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

24 PLCS representation.............. , in which case the state is identified by the template #8 and #4 assigning_identification. . ....... Are you saying that in general the state may be represented in one of two ways a) By reference to state definition; b) by explicit value?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
It is just an identifier used to track faults - clarified text


Closed issue Issue: MB-65 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

24 PLCS representation.............. The dates when the fault was identified and rectified ....... I'm unclear what the meaning of these are, in particular start and end of "assessed" and any relationship to start of "asserted".

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Added; "The time that the fault was "asserted" is the time that the fault "assessment" phase ended, so #6 and #9 would have the same values."


Closed issue Issue: MB-66 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 24 .............. What is the "geographical feedback report"?.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Redrawn diagram


Closed issue Issue: MB-67 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

26 Business information.............Location_history.status_at_exchange.............. I'm not entirely sure why this is needed. I guess it is what LITS records, for some reason, rather than determining it when required. I do recall that EPMS used to give conflicting data when different histories were compared, because it stored "A when B chganged" and "B whenm A changed" history, but treated each separately so that when both changed at the same time it would give something strange. Is there the possibility that by tagging "value of A when B changed" could give different results to a query on the underlying data of the form "what was the value of A when B changed?"?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
This came from 2410 form - the requirement is to report the serviceablity status of an asset when it changes location


Closed issue Issue: MB-68 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

27 PLCS representation.............#1 representing_work_done and described in detail in Section: .............. I believe that location change is not part of maintenance work. It is the result of a decision made outside the maintenance arena.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Agree - modified


Closed issue Issue: MB-69 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

27 PLCS representation.............asserted state .............. Items removed from aircraft and returned for repair probably have an assessed state but not an asserted state (maintainer believes them to be faulty, but this is not confirmed until assessed in the maintenance bay).

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Agree - ammeded


Closed issue Issue: MB-70 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

29 Business information.............. I don't understand what this message is forhow it will be used.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Clarified introduction


Closed issue Issue: MB-71 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 27 .............. This seems to say that NSN is required to identify a product_as_realized. NSN is optional.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Made it optional


Closed issue Issue: MB-72 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

32 Business information........... It is not only during repair/overhaul. It may be that the exact part fitted is not known, so is allocated a "temporary" identifier. When the part is eventually accessed or removed for some reason, the true identitity may be revealed. The true identifier may then be set by a change of part/serial number. Sapphire provides a function to allocate part numbers and serial numbers to parts that are known to be fitted but exact details are not known. This may also result in a change of CAGE code. but it looks like this may be catered for as the "Part" defines CAGE code. BUT does CAGE code need to be identified explicitly in th ediagram?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Improved text. Also - CAGE code IS the supplier code.


Closed issue Issue: MB-73 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

33 PLCS representation The UID ........ I don't understand what "UID" represents in the real world.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
DoDs IUID - added more description


Closed issue Issue: MB-74 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

36 Business information ........ Tasks may also be given negative extesions, for example to reflect stress or damage caused in unusual circumstances.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Added text


Closed issue Issue: MB-75 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

36 Business information ........particular fault occurs,.................... These cannot be extended because extensions are against metrics. These tasks may be deferred.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Added text


Closed issue Issue: MB-76 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

36 Business information ........delayed.................... Tasks may also be given negative extesions, for example to reflect stress or damage caused in unusual circumstances

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Added text


Closed issue Issue: MB-77 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

36 Business information ........Task_execution_trigger .................... Task Execution is conditional. For example, a task may be applicable only in certain operating conditions, or when part is fitted in a particular position. Therefore probably need to have an "active" attribute to specify whether or not the task will be triggered when the limit is reached (whether or not the task is applicable in the current environment). I believe this is needed so that queries don't suggest that a task has not been triggered when it is not applicable.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
That is what teh condition does


Closed issue Issue: MB-78 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

36 Business information ........Task_extension ...... Task_extension.extended_percentage_of_interval .....The percentage .................... I believe that this should be cumulative. The cumulative percentage is needed because that is what determines the overall effect of the extension. Possibly two attributes needed: delta and cumulative. Looking further, it looks like "required" items are deltas for this instance and "extended" are cumulatives. A bit more explanation might be useful.


Closed issue Issue: MB-79 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

36 Business information ........Task_extension.max_permissible_extension .......... The maximum permissible extension allowed for a Standard Maintenance Task minus the total percentage extension assigned. .................... I'm not sure about this one. The name seems wrong (it should be something like "permissible_extension_remaining")

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
removed


Closed issue Issue: MB-81 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

37 PLCS representation ..............The Condition, Condition_assignment and Condition_parameter are all instantiated by the template #4 assigning_condition ................... This seems to be saying that the conditions for the task execution trigger are being sent. Is that coorect, and if so, then the question is "should we send the conditions?". Or is this representing the fact that a condition has changed? It seems to me thatthe only condition is "metric reaches threshold" and we are just passing information about a change to the threshold and not about the condition itself.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
The condition is the trigger - so should be sent.


Closed issue Issue: MB-82 by Mike Barnes (2007-06-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

37 PLCS representation ..............#5 representing_numeric_property ................... How are date/time limits represented?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Added date time explanation


Closed issue Issue: TRO-14 by Trisha Rollo (2007-06-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The template representing message had changed producing errors

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-06-15)
amended to reflect updated template.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-11b by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Tables and Figures are to large for an A4 presentation.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
All corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-12b by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Activity performed by reportable item should use a more generic template than "representing_product_usage". Issue is raised against the template as well. See Figure 3, template #2.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
The issue has been addressed in the template. There is a real difference between work "done to" a product and work "done by" a product. The template makes it clear when to use the different templates.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-13b by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The usage of template "referencing_resource_as_realized" should be replaced by the new template "representing_resource_as_realized" throughout the DEX. E.g. see Figure 3, template #16.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-10-24)
Actually it should be replaced by assigning_realized_resource. Changes made


Closed issue Issue: GYL-14b by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Location on product should be using "Product_based_location_representation". The DEX should also enable the representation of an Breakdown_element to be the carrier of the "Product_based_location_representation", i.e. the location is determined by a Breakdown_element as is often done within an LSA. E.g. see figure 3, template #14.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
The location is now represented using breakdown.


Closed issue Issue: BHS-1 by Brad Harris (07-06-28) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

3 Scope Reporting the maintenance activities authorised and scheduled, or undertaken, on a reportable item; SBH - Is this really about scheduling ? If so, may want to add things like resource allocation as well as actual usage. But the DEX Business Application section states that its about "maintenance activities that have been undertaken".
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-06-28)
We should reword this. We are not doing scheduling - Reporting the maintenance activities authorised to be undertaken on a reportable item or activities that have been undertaken ;


Closed issue Issue: BHS-2 by Rob Bodington (07-06-28) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

removal of items to allow access to other reportable items; SBH - "removal and refitting" ?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-06-28)
OK - reword to: removal and re installation of items to allow access to other reportable items;


Closed issue Issue: BHS-3 by Rob Bodington (07-06-28) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Reporting when a reportable item is identified as having been inspected and the relevant dates, e.g. period of validity; SBH - "relevant people, dates"
Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Due to data protection it is unlikely that people will be identified


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (07-06-29) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The EXPRESS and XML Schemas have been derived from the capabilities list. The long forms are now derived from the templates that are used in the DEX. This is a more accurate way of defining the long form. The DEX needs to be modified accordingly.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
New XML schema generated


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (07-06-29) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The use of the template assigning_location, needs to make it clear that the the location is provided by a location code. Hence, location_representation is not used.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
This is clear in the template


Closed issue Issue: GYL-11 by Rob Bodington (07-07-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Template #14 (Figure 23): assigning_identification I am not sure why we are using an identification here. The servicability status as a code is defined by the reference data assigned to the state
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
now: Figure 37 EXPRESS-G diagram for state of a reportable item The servicability status IS a code represented by reference data. The identification is used to track the individual state.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-12 by Leif Gyllstrom (07-07-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The position into which a component is fitted should be represented by a breakdown_element and should be related to the next assy relationship via a breakdown element realization.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-08-15)
Implemented


Closed issue Issue: GYL-13 by Leif Gyllstrom (07-07-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Template #13 figure 9, should be representing_resource as realized not representing_resource_item. Note - the template referencing_resource_as_realized should representing_resource as realized
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Now: Figure 15 EXPRESS-G diagram for reportable item maintenance activity Now uses assigning_realized_resource and representing_resource_item_realization. Also added sections to describe resources used: Representing resource: trades used and Representing resource: replaced parts


Closed issue Issue: GYL-14 by Rob Bodington (07-07-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

There are a number of inconsistent uses of reference data applied to person, such as "Observer_of" where it should be "Reporter of". You should check this.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Checked and introduced Reporter_of


Closed issue Issue: GYL-15 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Should be clear whether the istallation history is represented as one instance of "assebly_component_relationship" (i.e. promissory_usage or next_assembly_usage) per installation, or if there's one instance with a set of installations/removals attached to it. E.g. see figure 3, template #15. Proposal is one instance per installation.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Explained as a note in section: Representing installation/removal position on an aircraft - PLCS representation


Closed issue Issue: GYL-16 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The record of work done should use a more generalized template than "representing_work_done". Issue raised against the template as well. Figure 3, template #7.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
The issues has been addressed in the template. The work done template makes it explicit that the activity actual is in response to a work order.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-17 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

It should be clrear whether the message may contain multiple reportable activities, i.e. many "DEX instances". See figure 4, the UML diagram and Figure 5 template table #1.

Template table #1 (Figure 5). The 'content' input parameter should reflect that a message may consist of multiple instances of Activity_actual.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
The message currently only allows there to be ONE content item. Content_item_selected.contents should be an aggregate. This has been raised as an issue against representing_message
Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-08)
The template has been modified and the text in the dex clarified.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-18 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

It should be made explicit in the DEX that a failure report (see concpts in figure 4) shall be represented as a Work_request. The identification of a failure report is the identification of a work_request.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Changed to Work_order_issue_date


Closed issue Issue: GYL-19 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issues against Figure 5 and the defined attributes for Maintenance_activity. Should contract and approval attributes be moved to the Maintenance_work_order, in order to let the Work_order be the collector of "administrative information"?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
The assumption is that a message should only contain information relevant to a particular contract. It would be bad practise and probably cause security issues to have a message whose contents is covered by multiple contracts. The approval is for sending the message.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-20 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issues against Figure 5 and the defined attributes for Maintenance_work_order. Suggest a renaming of the properties "actual_end_date" and "raised" to "closed" and "created" respectivly. This would reflect the context of a work order since a work order in many cases contains many activities.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
This is a style issue - we could have reference data for time specific to a work order. The alternative is to use generic ref data and allow the business use to specialize. In this case the generic ref data is "Date_actual_end" which seems appropriate.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-21 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issues against Figure 5 and the defined attributes for Maintenance_work_order. Suggest that the description attribute is moved to the Activity_actual, since Activity_actual is the record, as well as to allow for more than one Activity within one Work_order.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
There is now a description against the work order and the work done. I.e. a description of what should be done, and what was done.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-22 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issues against Figure 5 and the defined attributes for Maintenance_work_order. Line_of_repair is described as being a type of organization. I would assume that a Work_order is not assigned to the type of organization , but the actual organization that carried out the work (which in turn is of certain type of organization).

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See: Figure 13 EXPRESS-G diagram for work order The actual organization is assigned to work order. The line of repair is now represented by a Typical organization.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-23 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issues against Figure 5 and the defined attributes for Maintenance_work_order. Suggest that the task_type attribute is moved to the Activity_actual, since Activity_actual is the record, as well as to allow for more than one Activity within one Work_order.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
This is used to classify work orders ... e.g. a work order for fit/install The work_done is also classified.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-24 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #1. Input parameter 'role_class_name'. Using 'activity_output' as reference data class implies that one can see the changes made to the end item, which is not the case just by referencing the end item as such. Suggest class name 'affected_item', or 'context_item', or something else along this line.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
This is in keeping with the approach adopted for compatability with the PDM schema. It does in fact affect the end item. Doing work may result in the serviceability status being updated, new parts being fitted, hence the configuration status changing.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-25 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #3. Input parameter 'id'. The identification of the work done is the same as the identification of the work_order. This should not be replicated against each activity entity within the model.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
It "may be" the same -- some systems may identify the work_order, directed activity differently and the resulting activity_actual differently again.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-26 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #3. The input parameters second, sence, hour_offset, minute_offset seams to an overkill for this kind of reporting.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
You have to specify the SENSE otherwise you can not deal with time zones. Why not have seconds? Just put 0 if it is not known


Closed issue Issue: GYL-27 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #3, input parameter 'items'. Which view ? This should be exlpicit.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Are you suggesting that the DEX mandates a life cycle view?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-03)
The DEX now recommends that the Utilization_stage view is used.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-28 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #4, input parameter 'id_class_name'. Should the class be changed to 'Work_order_identification_code'?.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Yes - the DEX and template have been corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-29 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #4, input parameter 'date_class_name'. The class should be more specific, i.e. 'date_actual_created'.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See GYL-20


Closed issue Issue: GYL-30 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #4, input parameter 'act_id'. One do not need an additional identifier for the activity. This is given by the work order identification.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See GYL-25


Closed issue Issue: GYL-31 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #4, input parameter 'input'. Which view ? This should be exlpicit.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See GYL-27
Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-03)
The DEX now recommends that the Utilization_stage view is used.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-32 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #6, input parameter 'id_class_name'. Should the class be changed to 'Work_order_identification_code'?.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Yes - corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-33 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, templates #6 and #7. The template is to extensive. A "referencing" template would be suitable. E.g. identification of the work request for the change engineering is just to much.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-08)
Now uses referencing_work order template


Closed issue Issue: GYL-34 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #10, input parameter 'items'. Maintaining organization should be assigned to the "Directed_activity" and not the work order. This would allow for multiple Activites within one Work order. Better let Work_order just be the "encapsulator" of administrative information.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-05)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-35 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #12, input parameter ''state_class_name.' Should be more specific.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Changed to State_of_work_order


Closed issue Issue: GYL-36 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #12, input parameter 'assigned_to'. State should be assigned to the "Directed_activity" and not the work order. This would allow for multiple Activites with different states within one Work order. Better let Work_order just be the "encapsulator" of administrative information. Might be that both are required.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-05)
No - this is the status of the work order NOT the activities. E.g. the work order is closed OR open


Closed issue Issue: GYL-37 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #13, descrption'. Replace completed with closed. Create a date_time_assignment for each Directed_activity that representes the time when the activity was planned to finish.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
changed


Closed issue Issue: GYL-38 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #13, input parameter 'date_ecl_id'. Be more specific.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
It is specific.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-39 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #14, input parameter 'is_assigned_to'. Should be assigned to the "Directed_activity" and not the work order. This would allow for multiple Activites with different discriptions within one Work order. Better let Work_order just be the "encapsulator" of administrative information. Might be that both are required.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-05)
NO - this is a description of the work order NOT the activities.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-40 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #15, description. Replace planned to start with opend. Create a date_time_assignment for each Directed_activity that representes the time when the activity was planned to start.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-41 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #15, input parameter 'date_ecl_id'. Change according to previous issue.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-05)
I think you mean date_class_name - it is correct


Closed issue Issue: GYL-42 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #16, input parameter 'items'. Classification of type of work should be assigned to the Directed_activity.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-05)
This could be either against work_order OR directed_activty - changed to be against directed_activity


Closed issue Issue: GYL-43 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 7, template #17, input parameter 'org_assgn_class_name'. Class not does not reflect the statement under the template description.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Changed to performer_of


Closed issue Issue: GYL-44 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against descriptions under figure 8. Reportable_activity.identifier should not have to be repeted for every instance of Directed_activity and Activity_actual. Identification is given by the Work_order. Might be that each Directed_activity should have an identification within the context of the Work_order identification. This should then be reflected in the uniqueness rules within the template!

Maintenace_activity.actual_end_date. In my mind will an activity be completed, and the work order be closed.

Maintenace_activity.actual_start_date. In my mind will an activity be commenced, and the work order be created.

Maintenace_activity.approval. An approval shall be provided by the work order.

Maintenace_activity.contract, percentage_complete are not part of the upcomming representation. These types of issues confuses me.

Maintenace_activity.planned_end_date. In my mind will an activity be completed, and the work order be closed.

Maintenace_activity.planned_start_date. In my mind will an activity be commenced, and the work order be created.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-45 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 9, template #2. Issue should probably be adressed to the 'referencing_task' template. The variant parameters should not be part of the template. Variants are Tasks in their own right with unique identifications.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
The template referencing_task has been modified to remove variant


Closed issue Issue: GYL-46 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 9, template #7, input parameter 'person_role_class_name'. Class not does not reflect the statement under the template description.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-05)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-47 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 9, template #8, input parameter 'date_class_name'. Class not does not reflect the statement under the template description.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-05)
Correcetd


Closed issue Issue: GYL-48 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 9, template #9, input parameter 'items'. Is the Product_as_realized reference enough to reflect the output of the activity? Ref data class should probably be 'Affected_item' or something similar.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See GYL-24


Closed issue Issue: GYL-49 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 9, template #13. Template shall be replaced with the new template 'representing_resource_as_realized'.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See GYL-13


Closed issue Issue: GYL-50 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 9, template #14, input parameter 'property_class_name'. Class not does not reflect the statement under the template description.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See templates in Figure 15 EXPRESS-G diagram for reportable item maintenance activity Corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-51 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 9, template #16. There shall be no planned information against the record.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-05)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-52 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 9, template #18, input parameter 'property_class_name'. In the DEX3 the class is defined as 'Elapsed_time', which better reflects the statement in the description.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Using "Activity_elapsed_duration"


Closed issue Issue: GYL-53 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 9, template #23, input parameter 'person_role_class_name'. Class not does not reflect the statement under the template description. It's also redundant to the class given in template #7 which imposible to differentiate.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See templates in Figure 15 EXPRESS-G diagram for reportable item maintenance activity Changed to performer_of to indicate the person/org doing the activity,


Closed issue Issue: GYL-54 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 9, template #25. The approval shall be against the Work order and not every separate activity. Compare with description under figure 8

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-05)
NO - this is approving the work that HAS been done. Not approving the work to be done. I.e. signing off work - hence an approval of the activity_actual Clarified in the text


Closed issue Issue: GYL-55 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 11, templates #1and #7. Are you required to assign the effectivity in every data exchange, or just when the change occured ? Should also be explicit, that when you change the identification, you need two effectivity assignments, one for the new id and one for the old id.

It's also a question on whether the Part changes the identification, or whether thats a new Part. However, a serialized item may change its membership of a Part when the individual serialized item is changed. It then needs to set a pair of effectivities for its membership, ending the old one starting the new one.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-05)
Agree - the section has been redone to reflect the chnages above


Closed issue Issue: GYL-56 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 11, template #4. You could not expect to create reference data for every NSN. At least not in the short run.

NSN shall not be assigned to the Part. A NSN membership for a Part may not be real for all it's versions. Membership may also be qualified per batch (reference to discussion with Leif Tonning). Propose introduction of Resource_item where the NSN is assigned as an identification.

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-06)
Some references amended however see GYL5, GYL-8, GYL-86, MB-22
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-08-15)
Changed NSN to be represented by template representing_resource_item_realization.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-15)
The NSN is represented as resource item. The part of product_as_realised is identified as a resource item which is identified by its NSN.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-57 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 11, template #5. Description on serial number change should not be assigned to the Part, but to the seralized item. Also see previous issue.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
It is a description of a part - the note should say that the description should only be exchanged when the part changes


Closed issue Issue: GYL-58 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 13, template #1. Set of 'class_name's are not the same as given in the introduction for this section. Confusing.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-05)
Agree - the text now describes the lifecycle stages and recommends Utilization_stage


Closed issue Issue: GYL-59 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 13, template #3. Which view ?.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See GYL-27


Closed issue Issue: GYL-60 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 15. Should be using the template 'Representing_resource_as_realized'. See note in figure. Do no use the referencing template.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-61 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 17 and the usage of Effectivity to define installation period. This is not what was agreed way back. Agreement was to use date_time_assignments. See templates #11 and #12.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Agreed to use effectivity - classified as Installation_effectivity


Closed issue Issue: GYL-62 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 17, templates#1, #5 and #6. Try to be more explicit on the views being used.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See GYL-27


Closed issue Issue: GYL-63 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 17, template #2 and #4. Representation of installation history, location on product, etc, shall include Breakdown_elements, and Product_based_location_representation.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Addressed see: Figure 31 EXPRESS-G diagram for installation/removal of a reportable item in a position on aircraft


Closed issue Issue: GYL-64 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 17, template #1. Try to be more explicit on the views being used.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See GYL-27


Closed issue Issue: GYL-65 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 17, template #1. Try to be more explicit on the views being used.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See GYL-27


Closed issue Issue: GYL-66 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 19 template #1. Use a more generic template. This template overlaps with other templates. Issue raised against the template as well.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Issue addressed The issue has been addressed in the template. There is a real difference between work "done to" a product and work "done by" a product.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-67 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 19, template #2, input parameter 'date_class_name'. Class name do not correspond with the template description.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See Figure 33 EXPRESS-G diagram for representing a usage activity Corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-68 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 19, template #3 and #4, input parameter 'la_class name' . Same class name makes it impossible to differentiate between the two templates.

Should you really require the input parameters 'loc_org_id' etc for each instance ???

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Created start_location / end_location ref data.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-69 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 19, template #5. Isn't type of activity given as an input parameter to the 'representing_activity' template ?.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Actually - it should be a typical activity (Activity_method) linked by the chosen_method from representing_product_usage. Changed accordingly


Closed issue Issue: GYL-70 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 21. The work_request is missing in the figure. A Work request should represent the "failure report", which often is given an identification. The discussion on usage of Observation -> Failure report -> Work order is missing in the representation as well. The assessed_state should be assigned to the failure_report. A failure location activity is often the first activity within a Work order (or a Work order in its own right).

Consider the usage of Work_request instead of Observation.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
There is a work request shown. The business process is that a symptom is observed, then a work request is raised, then a work order is created.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-71 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 22, template #1. Consider the usage of Work_request instead of Observation.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See GYL-70


Closed issue Issue: GYL-72 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 22, template #3. Use a more generic template. Product usage is not the only time that failures are observed.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Added representing_work_done


Closed issue Issue: GYL-73 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 22, template #4, input parameter 'person_role_class_name'. Should it be 'reported_by' ? Are both required. The person making the observation is not necessarily the same person that reported observation.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Assumed that only the observer is required.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-74 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Reject. Status: closed

Issue against figure 22, template #5. The observer can not make the judgement whether the observation affects flight safety. Flight safety shall not be assigned to the Observation but to the State_definition of which Asserted_state/Assessed_state are members. Assessed_state shall be assigned to Work_request, and Asserted_state to the Work_order.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
I agree - the observer is not making a judgment, rather recording a perception of effect on flight safety. Which is what the text states.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-75 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Reject. Status: closed

Issue against figure 22, template #6. Are all codes represented as reference data ? Or should the template assigning code be used instead ?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
The assigning_reference data template should make it clear that assigning_code can be used instead


Closed issue Issue: GYL-76 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Reject. Status: closed

Issue against figure 22, template #6. Do not understand the requirement. However, are all codes represented as reference data ? Should the template assigning code be used instead ?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
The assigning_reference data template should make it clear that assigning_code can be used instead


Closed issue Issue: GYL-77 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Reject. Status: closed

Issue against figure 23, template #1. See issues against figure 22 template #5.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
The assessed states should be assigned to the work order not the work request. The work_request is in response to the symptom. The person raising the work request, should not do any work or make any judgement as to the fault. That occurs when once the work order is authorized.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-78 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 23, template #4. In order to sequentially identify observed states, shouldn't the identification be assigned to the State entity (or Observation?) The id seams to be missplaced. also see template #8.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Agreed - the identification and descriptions of state assertion and assessment should be against State_observed.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-79 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 23, template #9 and #16. What is meant with 'first' assessed ? Is it asserted or not ?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Agree - corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-80 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Reject. Status: closed

Issue against figure 23, template #7 and #10. Do you clear both the assessed state and the asserted state ???? I would belive that you only clear the real failure state and not the percieved one !

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
You would clear both


Closed issue Issue: GYL-81 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Reject. Status: closed

Issue against figure 23, template #14. Use the template 'assigning_code'. This is a classification and not an identification.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
No - it is an identification of the state_observed used to track the fault. It is not the type of state definition.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-82 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Reject. Status: closed

Issue against figure 23, template #15. The state_assertion does not represent the state. Therefore should the end of the status be assigned to the State and not the state_assertion.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
It is representing the period in which the product was in a given servicability state. Hence assigned to state_assertion. It is not the period in which a servicabilty state exists.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-83 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 23, template #18. Be more specific on the reference data class.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
Changed to State_of_work_order


Closed issue Issue: GYL-84 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 23, template #21. Consider the usage of the module 'Work_output', or at least provide a guidance on when to use (if it's going to be used at all).

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
I do not believe that it should be used


Closed issue Issue: GYL-85 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 23, template #23. Which view?

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-18)
See GYL-27


Closed issue Issue: GYL-86 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 29. See previous issue on the usage of NSN. NSN should be assigned to a Resource_item of which the Part is a member.

Comment: (Trisha Rollo 07-07-06)
Some references amended however see GYL5, GYL-8,GYL-56, MB-22
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-08-15)
Changed NSN to be represented by representing_resource_item_realization.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-87 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figure 31, templates #4 and #5. Isn't the reason for loss or gain of inventory given by the representing work done. Seems redundant.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-05)
This refers to explicit reasons - modified text to give more explanation


Closed issue Issue: GYL-88 by Leif Gyllstrom (2007-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against figures 33 and 34. The relationship between: Task frequency, Activity due, and Product_as_realized property has to be further described.

Issue against figure 33. A Task trigger is never deferred, however a planned Activity may be.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-05)
Agree - redone section


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (06-0-) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

A number of EXPRESS entities are used in diagrams but not described in text nor included in the long form Activity_method_realization Figure 7 EXPRESS-G diagram for work order Need to include in long form and describe in text Justification_support_assignment Figure 19 EXPRESS-G diagram for representing a usage activity Need to include in long form and describe in text Activity_method_realization Affected_items_assignment Observation_consequence Figure 22 EXPRESS-G diagram for representing a symptom Need to include in long form and describe in text Managed_resource Increasing_resource_event Decreasing_resource_event Resource_event Figure 31 EXPRESS-G diagram for representing inventory events Need to include in long form Independent_property Independent_property_representation Condition_parameter Figure 34 EXPRESS-G diagram for representing task extensions
Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-04)
Added


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (07-07-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

A number of EXPRESS entities are included in the long form, but should be removed: Product_as_planned
Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-08)
removed


Closed issue Issue: MB-83 by Rob Bodington (07-07-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The DEX should, make it clear that: A) The principle is that the source system performs any necessary calculations, such as adding delta usage to cumulative usage, so that there is no possibility of data being different in two systems. B) A statement of this principle is to be placed in the AM DEX.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-01-08)
This is really a business decision. Part of establishing a data exchange is to determine which system has primacy. Furthermore, when PLCS represents a property, it defines the context in which the property value has been established. This context should reflect how something like a life value has been calculated. Hence avoiding the issue raised.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (07-07-26) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

It would be more accurate to include the decomposition of activity A4, namely, A44 as well
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-07-26)


Closed issue Issue: RBN-6 by Rob Bodington (07-10-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The message can be related to more than work_done. E.g. work orders, work requests.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-10-23)
Added: representing_product_usage representing_work_order representing_work_done representing_work_request

fault_states - issues
DEX: (D002) fault_states — Faults related to products Date: 2007/09/14 16:11:29
Revision: 1.28

Issue raised against: fault_states

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-11-30) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Following the recent TOG meeting where we reviewed the capabilities required by the DEXs, - following capabilities should be added to the Fault state DEX:
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-11-30)
Added

maintenance_plan - issues
DEX: (D005) maintenance_plan — Maintenance plan Date: 2007/09/14 16:11:29
Revision: 1.34

Issue raised against: maintenance_plan

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: PBM-1 by Peter Bergstrom (2005-12-08) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The Express entity Scheme ought to be used for Maintenance Plan, or at least mentioned, since it is intended for plans and schedules.
operational_feedback - issues
DEX: (D007) operational_feedback — Operational Feedback Date: 2007/09/14 16:11:29
Revision: 1.51

Issue raised against: operational_feedback

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-03-12) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Which capability references a product as realized as linked in a breakdown?

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (04-09-30) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Need to add assigning_observation to Figure 1
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-02-18)
Corrected

product_breakdown_for_support - issues
DEX: (D001) product_breakdown_for_support — Product Breakdown for Support

Issue raised against: product_breakdown_for_support

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: SB/LG-DEX3-1 by sean barker (2005-09-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Requirement from DEX 3 transferred: Need to classify item as line-replaceable-item Yes/No. We beleive this is a classification of the usage of the item in the context of the end-product next higher assembly, or possibly of a particular part in the general context of the end-product. More details from Leif by e-mail.


Open issue Issue: SB/LG-DEX3-2 by sean barker (2005-09-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Requirement from DEX 3 transferred:Need to classify part with part-replacement-indicator: Mandatory, conditional. We beleive this is a classification of the usage of the item in the context of the end-product next higher assembly, or possibly of a particular part in the general context of the end-product.


Open issue Issue: SB/LG-DEX3-3 by sean barker (2005-09-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Requirement from DEX 3 transferred:Need to classify part (part view definition) with respect to hazardous materials.
product_as_individual - issues
DEX: (D008) product_as_individual — Product as Individual Date: 2007/09/14 16:11:29
Revision: 1.36

Issue raised against: product_as_individual

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: THX-2 by Tom Hendrix (04-08-04) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Term "Identify product & support system elements" is duplicated. Are the terms flowing around the figures so as to be underneath the appropriate figure? Perhaps there could be some reference in the text to the efect that the following terms are illustrated in fig 1 (2)?


Open issue Issue: THX-3 by Tom Hendrix (04-08-04) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

In busines process clause, the first two sections are "ISO 10303 AP239 Application Activity model definitions" and "AP239 Activity model definitions". Is this exactly waht is wanted? Also see THX-1. Is section nesting correct?


Open issue Issue: THX-4 by Tom Hendrix (04-08-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The asterisk included in the term "information need" is needed to bring that term in from AP239, I believe it indicates that this data is out of scope for AP239. Then, should term "information need" be included? Perhaps the interpretation of asterisk can be discussed. This issue applies potentially to any dex.

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: THX-1 by Tom Hendrix (04-08-04) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

" ISO 10303 AP239 (PLCS)" is not a proper ISO reference. COnsider changing to ISO 10303-239 Product Life Cycle Support (informally AP239 PLCS) or some such.
Comment: (Tim Turner 04-09-02)
Re-worded

task_set - issues
DEX: (D003) task_set — Task Set Date: 2010/03/25 17:49:46
Revision: 1.80

Issue raised against: task_set

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-11-30) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Following the recent TOG meeting where we reviewed the capabilities required by the DEXs, - I have added the following capabilities to the Fault state DEX: assigning_approvals assigning_codes assigning_date_time assigning_descriptor assigning_effectivity assigning_identifiers assigning_organization assigning_process_properties assigning_product_properties assigning_reference_data assigning_resource_properties messaging referencing_contract referencing_documents referencing_part_or_slot referencing_person_organization referencing_person_organization_typical referencing_product_breakdown_element referencing_product_configuration referencing_project referencing_resource referencing_task representing_condition representing_environment_typical representing_information_controls representing_justification representing_life_cycle_opportunity representing_location representing_periodicity representing_person_organization_typical representing_probability representing_properties_numerically representing_properties_textually representing_property_value_ranges representing_resource representing_state_type representing_task representing_task_and_state


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (07-04-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 3 in the section "Task identification and versioning" shows the Task_method_version being identified by the template "assigning_identification_with_no_organization" - I would have expected the template "assigning_identification" to be used. We have previously agreed that ALL identification should be in the context of an organization - apart from an organization.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2008-03-05)
Corrected.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (07-04-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

It is not clear what the section "Effectivity domain representation" is representing. The introductory text needs more examples and explanation.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2008-03-05)
Entire DEX structure has been revised.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (07-04-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 35 "How to represent a scheduled periodicity" in the Task trigger section shows one have of the trigger. I would have expected to see the property on the Part that is being compared to the independent property in order to trigger the task. E.g. if I want the task to be done on a part after 10 flying hours, I can represent 10 flying hours as the independent property. I would expect the trigger to be "if independent property flying hours = part property flying hours" then do the task.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2008-03-05)
Current representation is agreed within the PLCS Core Team, and is harmonized between the Task Set DEX and the Aviation Maintenance DEX.


Closed issue Issue: BCR1-013 by Gordon Robb (2008-04-24) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

"Introduction
Reference text: - ""information required for through life configuration change management of a product and its support solution.""
This should be changed to just Configuration Management. The subject matter of Task deals with the overall CM of the product and not just CCM.
Comment: (Core team review 2008-12-09)
Accept. But change Av DEX as well.
Comment: (Tim Turner 2010-2-05)
Done for DEX3.


Closed issue Issue: BCR1-014 by Gordon Robb (2008-04-24) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

"Introduction - Related DEXs
The information exchanged by the Task Specification DEX is normally between a product developer and a customer/end-user. It is assumed that each party has access to the Product information including breakdowns, equipments, components, effectivities etc.
The Product Information should be changed to the correct terminology of Product Configuration Information.
DEX (D001):- Product Breakdown for Support. This DEX can be used to specify the as designed product structure of an aircraft, including configuration effectivities. It will incorporate a breakdown structure detailing what parts can be fitted into which positions on the aircraft."
  1. I would have expected this cross-reference to DEX1 to read exactly the same as the Avn Mnt DEX viz DEX (D001):- Product Breakdown for Support. This DEX can be used to specify the as designed product structure of an aircraft. It will incorporate a breakdown structure detailing what components can be fitted into which positions on the aircraft;
  2. The 'configuration effectivities' is basically incorrect – the DEX does not use the "Configuration Effectivity" module but a series of 'effectivity' templates
  3. Why isn't the DEX using DEX 8? There will be occasions where the 'product' is in-service and requires additional Tasks.
Comment: (Core team review 2008-12-09)
Accept 1st para, 2nd ok, Reject 3rd statement.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2008-12-29)
Wording changed to the wording in aviation maintenance dex. Thereby issue 1 and 2 are OK.
No action taken on issue 3.


Closed issue Issue: BCR1-015 by Gordon Robb (2008-04-24) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

"Scope
Identification of the product (supported item), to which the task applies."

The Avn Mnt DEX uses "Reporting the authorisation to undertake a maintenance task on a reportable item (an asset)"
This diversion from 'standardized PLCS jargon' between the 2 OASIS PLCS DEXs COULD be confusing for new 'players'. This Task DEX uses PIF [Product in Focus] throughout. Could this be resolved to a 'PIF' statement in both DEXs?

Comment: (Core team review 2008-12-09)
Accept; Should use PIF throughout both Task & Av DEXs.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2008-12-29)
"Product in focus" originally meant all the data about all the products that you are interested in managing. It was not used to identify a specific part or breakdown_element, or even the end_item product, but to identify the entire scope of your interest, i.e. all your products and systems of products.
This is the definition use in ISO 10303-239. If you want to use the now common definition of "product in focus" (the thing you are interested in just now, i.e. a part, breakdown_element, or individual) in the DEXs, you need to re-define the concept and highlight the difference in use between the ISO standard and the DEXs.
Comment: (Tim Turner 2010-2-05)
DEX3 now refers to PIF


Closed issue Issue: BCR1-016 by Gordon Robb (2008-04-24) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

ISO 10303-239 Activity model - ISO 10303-239 Activity model definitions, Identify potential task
2nd bullet - "configuration change management tasks to be undertaken by support participants such as fitting a local modification or conducting an audit of product configuration;"

The statement should be corrected to read "Configuration Management tasks to be undertaken by support participants such as modification implementations or conducting a physical configuration audit of the product'.

Comment: (Core team review 2008-12-09)
Reject.


Closed issue Issue: BCR1-017 by Gordon Robb (2008-04-24) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Task specification Business Information Requirements - Detailed Information Requirements, Product in focus identification
Product in focus identification
Identification of the product in focus to which the task specification applies. Identification of the product in focus includes the progression codes such as revision numbers.
NOTE At least one identification needs to be assigned to the product in focus.

What are progression codes?

Comment: (Core team review 2008-12-09)
Accept; Keep progression codes, but add to terminology section.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2008-12-29)
Term "progression codes" added.


Closed issue Issue: BCR1-018 by Gordon Robb (2008-04-24) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Task specification Business Information Requirements - Detailed Information Requirements, Task effectivity / applicability
Referenced text: The validity of a task, or part thereof, may be constrained to a specific context. These constraints are referred to as effectivity or applicability

Why a 'or' when the rest of the script uses '/' and (_) and in reality why mention applicability at all when no reference is placed on its usage.

Comment: (Core team review 2008-12-09)
Accept; remove usage of the term 'applicability'.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2008-12-29)
Applicability removed.


Closed issue Issue: BCR1-020 by Bryant Allen (2008-05-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Terms
The 'Terms' section does not include a list of terms and acronyms used in the DEX that needs further explanation.

Add list of terms/acronyms

Comment: (Core team review 2008-12-09)
Accept.
Comment: (Tim Turner 2010-2-05)
DEX3 now has terms defined


Closed issue Issue: BCR1-021 by Bryant Allen (2008-05-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Reference Data Library
The item property_value_representation_determination is not contained in the RDL yet is used in Figure 23, Template 46.

Add element and definition to the RDL.

Comment: (Core team review 2008-12-09)
Reject; Class exists.


Closed issue Issue: BCR1-022 by Bryant Allen (2008-05-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Reference Data Library
The element labour_time_planned has the same definition as labour_time_consumed.

Revise definition for labour_time_planned to indicate that it is planned labour hours.

Comment: (Core team review 2008-12-09)
Accpeted; Change definition for labour_time_planned
Comment: (Tim Turner 2010-2-05)
Redefined


Closed issue Issue: BCR1-026 by John Dunford (2008-06-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

DEX Name: I find the new short name "task_set" deeply confusing and I request that this short name be abandoned and that the DEX always uses its full name of "Task Specification". Task Set implies that many tasks are addressed, which is clearly not the case.
Comment: (Core team review 2008-12-09)
Change DEX long name to Task Set; Change wording accordingly to clarify that a set means at least one (task). A message shall contain one or more task specifications.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2008-12-12)
The DEX do address many task specifications, the message may have several content_items, one for each task specification. DEX Long name has been changed, and the text in abstract, introduction, and business overview have been slightly modify to clarify the relationship between a Task Set and Task Specifications.


Closed issue Issue: BCR1-027 by John Dunford (2008-06-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The current scope, and business information model make no reference to the context in which the Task Specification was defined, and for which the task specification is applicable. This could either be a text string, or identification of the various aspects of the Deployment Environment(s) to which the task applies (e.g. What product groups, what operating environment, what usage pattern, what support locations, organizations or support environments.) The ability to identify or describe such a context needs to be added to the DEX.
Comment: (Core team review 2008-12-09)
Accept; Add effectivity statements to the business info overview & scope sections.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2008-12-29)
Effectivity statements added to sections Scope and Business Information.


Closed issue Issue: BCR1-028 by John Dunford (2008-06-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

" I also offer some changes to wording of the Scope definition (see attachment), which I hope improve its style, removes duplication and improves alignment between the Scope and the Business Information Overview section
See file: Proposed revisons to scope-PLCS OASIS Task Spec DEX.doc http://lists.oasis-open.org/archives/plcs-comment/200806/doc00000.doc "
Comment: (Core team review 2008-12-09)
Accept; Need to look into attachment.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2008-12-29)
Suggestions accepted as they are. Scope section updated.


Closed issue Issue: BCR1-029 by John Dunford (2008-06-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The Business Overview (but not the business information overview) mention the concept of a Task resource model. The idea here was to provide a sufficient description of the likely resource usage when the task was performed to enable spares optimization modelling. This is not the same thing as a simple list of required resources. Although I may possibly have invented this phrase, I have never seen a full definition of what it means! I suggest therefore that you either delete reference to "a Task resource model" or spell out in more detail what it is, and how it can be represented.
Comment: (Core team review 2008-12-09)
Accept; Change Task resource model in overview to reflect what is actually stated in the DEX
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2008-12-29)
Changes made to section Business Overview and Business Information Overview. Task resource model is no longer used as a concept. The list of required resources in section Business Information Overview has been complemented by a new text paragraph at the end.

work_package_definition - issues
DEX: (D004) work_package_definition — Work Package Definition Date: 2007/09/14 16:11:29
Revision: 1.86

Issue raised against: work_package_definition

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (07-02-2) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Thanks Peter, this was the original intention variance was just a parking place until there was time/effort to update the other capability. regards, Tim From: Peter Bergström [mailto:peter.bergstrom@eurostep.com] Sent: 31 January 2007 11:17 To: plcs-dex@lists.oasis-open.org Subject: [plcs-dex] justifications I have removed template assigning_supported_justification from capability representing_variance. Instead, I’m in the process of creating two new templates in capability representing_justification. They are together identical to the old template, but I split it in two for two reasons: 1) For simple justifications, it is enough to describe them in a text string, using asg_descriptor. [Tim Turner] ok 2) It is now possible to assign more than one item as supporting the justification, each with its own classification. [Tim Turner] Agreed - I should have left that item open! The two new templates are assigning_justification and assigning_justification_support_item. [Tim Turner] Fine - only issue is documenting the /ignore(s) for the former of these that Fig 1 of the latter, gives the impression that more entities are instantiated than actually are (perhaps only show the justification entity, not all the others covered by the other template?). The capability representing_variance needs to be updated to reflect this, as well as the DEX work_package_definition. [Tim Turner] True Peter Bergström Eurostep


Open issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (06-06-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

You should use the templates in the EXPRESS_G diagrams - that way we ensure that model is used consistently. For example Fig 10 should use the templates for assigning an approval to a work order, rather than enumerating the express. The assigning_approval template recommends that dates are assigned to approvals, rather than using the date attributes. Similarly in most other figures. Furthermore, a number of sections describe generic usages of the model. For example, typical activity, work orders, and concessions. These should either make reference to the capabilities, or the text used should be be added to the relevant capability.


Open issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (06-06-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

It would be better to hyperlink to DEXs rather than referring to them by name. Use dex_ref XML element e.g.task_set.


Open issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (06-06-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The section "Documenting the Definition of activities" states:

The definition of an Activity has been harmonized with the mechanism defined for defining tasks (see DEX 3), to enable a consistent, interoperable approach. This effectively treats the definition as a Document attached to the Activity identified.

I could not find this in DEX 3, and further more I would have thought that the definition of an activity should be done by assigning a document to an activity_method.


Open issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (06-06-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

There are three "Activity_method Identification" sections after Fig 33 - two of which are empty.


Open issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (06-06-22) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The template "representing_lifecycle_opportunity" does not exist


Open issue Issue: RBN-6 by Rob Bodington (06-07-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The dex.xml does not conform to the DTD


Open issue Issue: RBN-7 by Rob Bodington (06-07-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The DEX states:

The Approval_assignment links the Work_order to an Approval. The Approval_assignment shall in these circumstances be classified as a "Work_order_approval" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Work_order_approval) (a sub-class of "Approval_assignment_role" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Approval_assignment_role)).

I am not sure that there is a requirement to use reference data to make a distinction between what is being approved. It is sufficient to just the Approval_assignment with no classification as specified in the templates.


Open issue Issue: RBN-8 by Rob Bodington (06-07-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The description of the work order states that a work_order should be classified as a "Change_order" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Change_order) - i.e. work order involves a configuration change Where are the capability states that Configuration_change should be used instead.


Open issue Issue: RBN-9 by Rob Bodington (06-07-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The DEX states that the issue date of the work order is represented by classifying the date assignment by Work_order_issue_date. Is it appropriate for sub classify the dates according to what they used for? Why not just use Date_actual_release? This provides a more generic solution.

Capability Issues


assigning_approvals - issues
Capability (C019):— assigning_approvals Date: 2008/01/15 06:30:31
Revision: 1.51

Issue raised against: assigning_approvals

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: Sb-3 by Sean Barker (2004-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability should describe how to hold the status in the Reference Data Library, rather than in the string attibute status.
Comment: (mikeward 2004-08-16)
Agreed. Capability revised.


Closed issue Issue: Sb-2 by Sean Barker (2004-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability should give guidance on what the various dates mean, together with any requirements on applying dates, and any reference data applicable.
Comment: (mikeward 2004-08-20)
Agreed. Capability revised.


Closed issue Issue: Sb-1 by Sean Barker (2004-06-07) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The relationship between approval status and state needs to be defined, since multilevel approvals are equivalent to a state-machine.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-08-19)
The approval status should continue to be used. Reference data should be used to provide the possible statuses.
Comment: (mikeward 2004-08-20)
Note added to State capability.


Closed issue Issue: Sb-4 by Sean Barker (2004-09-16) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The classification of "Approval_assignment_role" should be identified as an abstract reference data class, and some examples given of possible values at least "legal requirement", as the example in the module.
Comment: (Mike Ward 2005-01-07)
Agreed. Capability revised.


Closed issue Issue: Sb-5 by Sean Barker (2005-11-04) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability should make clear the different functions of reference data for approval assignment, approval and approval status, and provide guidence on how such classes be extended.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-20)
It is not obvious what the different functions of reference data for approval assignment and approval are. Hence, only approval is classified. The text has been expanded.


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (2005-11-16) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

To update with template notation.
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 2006-04-15)
Templates added.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (2006-01-21) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Templates use "/IGNORE" for values of the approval.planned_date and approval.actual_date. However, when the template is expanded, these values are not valid EXPRESS since the data type is not of type string. They are of type Date_time_select (i.e. either an instance of calendar_date or date_time). The attributes are, however, optional, which means that "?" can be used instead.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-01-23)
I have just removed the offending /IGNORES from the path The same problem occurs in Approving_person_organization.approval_date = '/IGNORE' The diagrams still need to be updated.
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 2006-04-15)
Diagrams corrected.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (2006-01-30) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Currently there are two templates for Approvals. One assigning_approval_person (asg_apr_pers) assigns a person, and organization to an instance of Person_in_organization, which is the person_organization referenced from an instance of Approving_person_organization. There are 5 optional characterizations to this template which must be attributed outside of the template usage for which three variables are declared (^organization [the Organization], ^pers_in_org [the Person_in_organization] and ^app_pers_org [the Approving_person_organization]). The second template assigning_approval (asg_apr) provides the instances of approval, approval_status and approval_assignment entities. The instance of approval provides a target for an occurrence of the template assigning_approval_person (see above). The arrangement is such that one template is used within another. This is no problem. However, *as I understand it*, only those variables exposed can be referenced from outside the template. Hence, the latterly defined "enclosing" template only exposes 3 locally defined variables for characterization outside of this definition (^app_status [Approval_status], ^approval [Approval] and ^approval_assignment [Approval_assignment]). Given the current definition, if one uses the assigning_approval template, it is not possible to characterize the instances created by the internal (enclosed) template as the variables are not explicitly exposed by the second (enclosing) template. Hence, it is impossible to assign the optional reference_data or calendar dates etc., to the authorization defined. There are several options, either; 1. expose the three variables declared (^organization [the Organization], ^pers_in_org [the Person_in_organization] and ^app_pers_org [the Approving_person_organization]) from within assigning_approval. This results in a total of 6 (cumulative) for the assigning_approval template. 2. enforce the population of the optional attributes in assigning_approval_person (and therefore, in assigning_approval, from where it is called). 3. Create a new template, possibly a combination of the two currently defined which provides access to the 6 optional characterizations. 4. Someone put me right.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-02-01)
I would prefer Option 1. The EXPRESS-G and the path should be updated accordingly.
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 2006-04-15)
I chose a different solution, because of the following: An approval may authorized by a person (in an organization) or by an organization (no person identified or mentioned), at least thats my understanding of the business overview. I therefore created a third template, assigning_approving_organization (and renamed the other one to assigning_approving_person), and the three templates are now not within each other (since there is a choise of a person or organization, they cannot be). This poses another syntactical problem in that it is now possible to assign only an assigning_approval, without either a person or an organization, and I cannot enforce that in the path syntax. See further issue PBM-1. However, it is no longer a problem of not accessing the reference_parameters...


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add TEMPLATE: assigning_approval TEMPLATE: assigning_approval_person
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 2006-04-15)
Three templates have been added: assigning_approval, assigning_approving_person, and assigning_approving_organization.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (06-01-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In the template assigning_approval the EXPRESS G diagram in Figure 9 contains incorrect classification data for the approval status and approval person. They should not be hardcoded.
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 2006-04-15)
corrected.


Closed issue Issue: PBM-1 by Peter Bergstrom (06-01-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Template Assigning_approval_person forces the owner of the identification of a person to be same organization as the organization in which the person is employed. AP239 does not mandate any identification of persons, so the template Assigning_identifier on entity Person ought to be optional, i.e. a characterization of the template Assigning_approval_person. If so, Persons can be identified if need be, and the identifier of a Person can be owned by another organization than that in which the person works.
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 2006-04-15)
The identification of a person is now optional.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (06-01-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The approval_status should be mandatory in the template assigning_approval. This requires additional parameters and the modification of the diagrams
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 2006-04-15)
Corrected.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (06-01-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The organization parameters used to identify the person are missing from the template assigning_approval_person.
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 2006-04-15)
Corrected, I think...


Closed issue Issue: PBM-2 by Peter Bergstrom (2006-04-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Due to the new template assigning_approving_organization, it is no longer possible to have assigning_approving_person (was assigning_approval_person) inside template assigning_approval. It is therefore no longer enforced by the path syntax that there always has to be at least two templates used for this capability, assigning_approval plus either of assigning_approving_person or assigning_approving_organization. Is this a problem, or can the rule simply be enforced in prose text (as it is now)?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-20)
The prose text is acceptable


Closed issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (06-06-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability has attempted to use the assignment of dates to approvals and Approving_person_organization by using the assigning_calendar_date template rather than the date attributes Approval.planned_date Approval.actual_date and Approving_person_organization.approval_date. The rational being that date assignment should be used everywhere in dexlib to enable the assignment of multiple dates. For example, there may be a requirements to assigned more than one date to the Approving_person_organization.

However, the AP239 model does not permit the assignment of a date time to Approving_person_organization. The options are therefore:

  1. Use the date attributes and the representing_date_time template
  2. Use the date assignment for the Approval and the attribute Approving_person_organization.approval_date
  3. Raise a SEDS against PLCS and use the date assignment everywhere

The proposal is to use option 1 as this in keeping with the original model and raise a SEDS to allow the assignment of a date to Approving_person_organization.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-20)
Option 3 has been implemented. A SEDS has been raised, and the a modified schema added to dexlib. See dexlib/docs/issues/infrastructure_issues.xml#RBN-58


Closed issue Issue: EML-1 by Ed McNeil (06-06-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Assigning_approval Section 'Instance diagrams': 'Note that one of the two templates assigning_approving_person and assigning_approving_person always must be present to make the approval complete.' Second assigning_approving_person should be assigning_approving_organization.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-23)
corrected


Closed issue Issue: DNV-09 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-02-27) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Person_in_organization and organization is represented in templates related to other capabilities. The template assigning_approval doesn't include the entity approving_person_organization which is required.

New template: assigning_approval_person_organization (asg_apr_pers_org) which contains approval, approval_assignment, approval_status, approving_person_organization (with references to proposed new templates repr_person and repr_org.)

Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-05-22)
This is formally an issue against the templates, not the capability. Therefore I have closed it.
However, I have also commented similar issues in the template, and instead of using the new template I suggest we change the existing one. However, the change is dependent on how templates are reorganized for Organization and Person, so I wait with the changes until I know the resolution of those issues.


Closed issue Issue: DNV-09a by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-02-27) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Assigning_approvals has 3 templates. Currently the the template assigning_approval has to either refer to the template assigning_approving_person or assigning_approving_organization. The templates assigning_approving_person and assigning_approving_organization have both the entity approving_person_organization and then refer to either person or organization. As suggested in issues related to capabilities representing_person_in_organization and assinging_organization the part representing person_in_organization and organization should be part of such capabilities and not part of assigning_approval. If these parts are replaced by references to other templates the two templates only include the entity approving_person_organization.

This leads to the proposal to make the two templates assigning_approving_person and assigning_approving_organization obsolete and either include the entity into assigning_approval or create a new template beside assigning_approval (see DNV-09).

Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-05-22)
This is formally an issue against the templates, not the capability. Therefore I have closed it.
However, I have also commented similar issues in the template, and instead of using the new template I suggest we change the existing one. However, the change is dependent on how templates are reorganized for Organization and Person, so I wait with the changes until I know the resolution of those issues.

assigning_codes - issues
Capability (C093):— assigning_codes Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:09
Revision: 1.12

Issue raised against: assigning_codes

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: TH-3 by Trine Hansen (20-09-05) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

No explicit resources exist in AP239 to support exchange of codes in a robust manner. The proposed idea of populating Class.name with the code value may not be fully satisfactory. Some inputs to this discussion are forwarded by document 20050818_Codes and descriptors.doc (distributed by e-mail), and an alternative approach is indicated.


Open issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

If the actual code values are not be part of the reference data library, where does the definition/meaning of the code reside? Presume this will be Class.description. This needs to be stated after 'The code (encoding) shall be represented in the Class. name attribute.' If code values are not part of a central RDL, how can the benefit of rationalisation be achieved? In addition, if the meaning of the code classifier is contained in the Class.description attribute, how would more than one item of description data be modelled?


Open issue Issue: NN-2 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Assigning_reference_data is both a dependent capability and related capability.


Open issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

There should be a reference parameter, class_assgn, in template assigning_code assigned to the entity classification_assignment. Figures 3 and 4 should be updated to show the reference parameters

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-09-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Suggest 2 para reworded.

Was:

Codes are often used to simplify the classification or characterization of a specific type of object. Each code is a shorthand for a specific term defined within a classification system. This type of codes are often used in legacy applications where the number of characters used were absolutly crucial. The amount of codes used by existing applications are to extencive to be expected to be defined in reference data libraries, prior to the realization of data exchanges including these codes.

Codes are often used to simplify the classification or characterization of a specific type of object. Each code is shorthand for a specific term defined within a classification system. This type of codes are often used in legacy applications where the code has a fixed character length and the different fields in the code have meaning.

Each individual code value used by existing applications could be defined in a reference data library prior to any data exchange. However, the number of codes in use is likely to make this prohibitive. Consequently the coded value will be exchanged and reference data used to define the type of the code.

Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-10)
Change done according the proposal above.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (05-09-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

I think that there is room for confusion between codes used as a classification and codes used for identification. A part number may well be a code. When it is used to identify a part, identification assignment should be used. I think that this needs to be stated in this capability. I also think that an example showing the classification of the part number should also be provided.

Suggest including something along the lines of:

Codes are strings that are structured according to some convention. Often different sets of characters within the string carry a particular meaning. For example, part numbers are sometimes made up of a set of strings, with each set carrying some meaning. For example, product function, manufacturing plant etc. Structured codes are traditionally used for two purposes:

Identification - the code provides an identifier for something. For example a part number or serial number.

Classification - the content and structure of a code provides information about the classification of whatever the code is assigned to. For example, the first 4 characters in a part number may indicate the function of the part. NATO Stock Numbers are examples where this is the case.

Where the code is being used for identification, the capability C001: assigning_identifiers should be used.

This capability, assigning_codes, should only be used

Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-10)
Clarification provided within the additional usage section.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (05-10-01) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The template "assigning_codes" would be better named "assigning_code" as it is only assigning one code, not multiple.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-10)
Changed the template name to assigning_code.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-1 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Change Capability number to #93.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-04)
Done.

assigning_date_time - issues
Capability (C036):— assigning_date_time Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:09
Revision: 1.30

Issue raised against: assigning_date_time

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (05-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Version 1.16 of this capability contains material developed for the example Dex and introduces tables of contraints, rules and sections which will be moved to the business DEXs area. This capability needs to be reset to the previous version to effect this.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-04-12)
This no longer appears to be the case. Issue must have been corrected without documenting it.


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-16) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figures are not displayed and figure 4 appears twice.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-04-12)
Figure numbering in templates corrected.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add TEMPLATE assigning_calendar_date TEMPLATE representing_date_time
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-04-12)
Already fixed, but not documented.


Closed issue Issue: EML-1 by Ed McNeil (06-06-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

template: Assigning_calendar_date Reference parameter date_assgn is used in the instantiation path but not declared.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-23)
Parameters can be bound in the instantiation path without them necessarily being declared as the reference parameter - local variables in affect. Having said that, it makes sense to make to bind Date_or_date_time_assignment to a reference parameter so that additional classifications can be made. The same issue is against assigning_time. Both have been updated.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (06-06-28) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Template assigning_time. Rather than biding directly to the reference parameter of a sub template. e.g. Date_or_date_time_assignment.assigned_date -> $representing_date_time.date_time It is better to introduce a local ref parameter. E.g. %^ldate_time = $representing_date_time.date_time% Date_or_date_time_assignment.assigned_date -> ^ldate_time
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-28)
Modified

assigning_descriptor - issues
Capability (C095):— assigning_descriptor Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:09
Revision: 1.10

Issue raised against: assigning_descriptor

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (06-01-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The express-g diagram should indicate that the text of the description should be held in the document description attribute.

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (04-20-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add an optional input parameter to allow for sub-classes of 'descriptor' to be passed into the template. The default value of the parameter should be 'descriptor'.
Comment: (Tim Turner 20 april 2006 17:51)
From: Tim Turner [mailto:tjt@lsc.co.uk] Sent: den 20 april 2006 17:51 To: 'plcs-dex@lists.oasis-open.org' Subject: [plcs-dex] Assigning_descriptor I would like to be able to specialize the descriptor classification for use with assigning_descriptor. However, the template fixes the class_name assigned to the document to be 'descriptor', rather than making this the type associated with an optional input parameter. With an optional parameter of type class 'descriptor', we would be able to characterize the descriptor into appropriate sub-classifications (mentioned in the capability), such as notes, remarks, comments etc.,. Any application will still know that any of the above are of type 'descriptor' through the class hierarchy. Would there be any objection to making this minor modification to the template definition, before I submit an unworthy issue? Kind regards, Tim
Comment: (Peter Bergström [mailto:peter.bergstrom@eurostep.com] 20 April 2006 17:46)
-----Original Message----- From: Peter Bergström [mailto:peter.bergstrom@eurostep.com] Sent: 20 April 2006 17:46 To: 'Tim Turner'; plcs-dex@lists.oasis-open.org Subject: RE: [plcs-dex] Assigning_descriptor I think this is fine, especially if you supply a default value ‘descriptor’ for the new parameter. Then nothing will change for existing usages… Peter --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comment: (Rob Bodington [mailto:rob.bodington@eurostep.com] 20 April 2006 12:59)
From: Rob Bodington [mailto:rob.bodington@eurostep.com] Sent: 20 April 2006 12:59 To: peter.bergstrom@eurostep.com; 'Tim Turner'; plcs-dex@lists.oasis-open.org Subject: RE: [plcs-dex] Assigning_descriptor I agree with Peter – it should be fine so long as you add the default. Regards Rob
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2007-05-02)
Defining the type of descriptor being assigned is done by classification of Document_assignment. There is no need for specializing the classification of Document as well. Therefore is the issue rejected.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-1 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add a remark that states why we are using Document to realize this capability, and that we will raise a SEDS against AP239 for the development of a new module.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-06)
Note added to the introduction.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-2 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The ExpressG diadram in the Information Model Overview section shall contain default attribute values.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-04)
Added


Closed issue Issue: GYL-3 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add an example to the descriptive text next to the template for assigning_reference_data assigned to Document_assignment (e.g. decription, note). Figures 1 and 5.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-04)
Text added.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-4 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Remove the usage of Document_version to contain the textual representation. Use the Document.description attribute. Make sure to delete Document_version from the usage section.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-04)
Changed.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-5 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add a note under a additional usage section that states that decriptions, remarks, notes etc shall not be represented as String properties.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-06)
Section added.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-6 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Change Capability number to #95.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-04)
Done


Closed issue Issue: GYL-7 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add dependent and related capabilities.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-06)
Done.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-7 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-20) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Product_category and Product_category_assignment are missing in the Figures 2, 3, 4 and 7.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-11-06)
Product_category isn't required. This is a missunderstanding. Se Issue RBN-1 below.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-7 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-20) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

A "populating arrow" is missing in Figure 5.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-11-06)
Added.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-11-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

There is no need to include the Product_category and assignment - it serves no purpose and is not mandated by any rule in the EXPRESS. The only place where Product_category is mandated is in Part (unfortunately).
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-11-06)
OK


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (05-11-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

There are no reference parameters in the template. There should be a reference parameter against: Document and Document_assignment. Otherwise you can not characterize the document with data time etc.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-11-06)
Added.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (05-11-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Is there a requirement to be able to represent descriptions in multiple languages? If so the entities in the module "Multi linguism" should be used.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-11-06)
An issue against all capabilities, and not explicitly assigning_descriptor.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (05-11-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In the template, the parameter that carries 'item' to which the descriptor is attached should be named 'is_assigned_to' to make it easy to understand that it is the target of the attribute Document_assignment.is_assigned_to
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-11-06)
Corrected.

assigning_document_properties - issues
Capability (C087):— assigning_document_properties Date: 2007/07/11 16:32:00
Revision: 1.2

Issue raised against: assigning_document_properties

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: PBM-1 by Peter Bergstrom (2006-04-28) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

It appears that a file or document_definition is only allowed to have one property assigned. See Assigned_document_property. If this is true, properties for documents must be handled similarly as properties for all other subtypes of Product, i.e. using the C076: assigning_product_properties .


Open issue Issue: PBM-2 by Peter Bergstrom (2006-04-28) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

If possible, document properties should be harmonized with other properties:
C076: assigning_product_properties
C077: assigning_process_properties
C078: assigning_resource_properties
C080: representing_properties_textually
C079: representing_properties_numerically
C084: representing_property_value_ranges
C056: representing_evolution_of_property_values.
assigning_effectivity - issues
Capability (C006):— assigning_effectivity Date: 2008/02/25 12:17:46
Revision: 1.25

Issue raised against: assigning_effectivity

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: GYL-1 by Leif Gyllstrom (2005-11-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Effectivity_assignment should be classified according to its role, e.g. Effectivity_taget, Effectivity_domain or any other applicable role.


Open issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Add TEMPLATE: assigning_effectivity TEMPLATE: representing_dated_effectivity (and the similarly for the other types of effectivity)


Open issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (06-02-08) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

It is not clear how to represent an end date effectivity when the start date effectivity is not know. E.g. the fact that a component is removed from an aircraft is reported. I have no idea when it was installed, but I know when I took it off. The EXPRESS forces a start effectivity ENTITY Dated_effectivity SUBTYPE OF (Effectivity); start_bound : date_or_event; end_bound : OPTIONAL date_or_event; END_ENTITY; One suggestion is to use 1900-01-01 as dummy date.


Open issue Issue: DNV-45 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

There is a need to assign product_as_individual_effectivity to product and support data, e.g. to relate a breakdown_element to it's parent product.

Proposal: Add NEW template Assigning_product_as_individual_effectivity (asg_p_a_ind_eff) containing Effectivity_assignment (classified) and a Product_as_individual_effectivity (optional classification) relating to a Product_as_individual.


Open issue Issue: RBN-6 by Rob Bodington (2008-02-26) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

When implementing translators, there will be cases where the end effectivity is known, but the start effectivity is not known. The start dates are mandatory in template representing_dated_effectivity. To get around this, it is suggested to create a new template 'representing_dated_effectivity_end' that would use an event for the start_bound of Dated_effectivity.

ENTITY Dated_effectivity
SUBTYPE OF (Effectivity);
start_bound : date_or_event;
end_bound : OPTIONAL date_or_event;
END_ENTITY;

The Event could be simply Event.id="start_effectivity"

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (05-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Version 1.8 of this capability contains material developed for the example Dex and introduces tables of contraints, rules and sections which will be moved to the business DEXs area. This capability needs to be reset to the previous version to effect this.
Comment: (Tim Turner 19th Apr 2005)
Capability 1.8 was updated with the content from version 1.7


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-01-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Need a Business Overview section Split the content into effectivity and representing_product_configuration
Comment: (Tim Turner 28th Jun 2004)
Accepted. Done.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (06-06-28) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

TEMPLATE: representing_dated_effectivity Error in path: %^dated_effectivity = Dated_effectivity.% should be %^dated_effectivity = Dated_effectivity% Template assigning_time. Rather than biding directly to the reference parameter of a sub template. e.g. Dated_effectivity.start_bound -> $representing_date_time.date_time% It is better to introduce a local ref parameter. E.g. %^start_date_time = $representing_date_time.date_time% Dated_effectivity.start_bound -> ^start_date_time
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-28)
Modified


Closed issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (07-08-09) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Moved template assigning_product_effectivity to NDLO/templates
assigning_identifiers - issues
Capability (C001):— assigning_identifiers Date: 2007/08/09 14:58:28
Revision: 1.52

Issue raised against: assigning_identifiers

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: TJT-4 by Tim Turner (Nov 13th 2005) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

It is not clear whether reference data which is hidden by templates should be included in the model reference data. E.g. organization_name is used by a template that is called by assigning_identification, however, it is not input to the original template call - but is har-coded (mandated) by the second template. Should this be listed anyhow?
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-05-24)
No, it should be listed in the underlying template/capability instead.


Open issue Issue: GYL-9 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

General issue against all figures. Use bike data.


Open issue Issue: GYL-13 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Short form graphics are missing for the capability templates.


Open issue Issue: DNV-40 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

There is a need to represent a code with its description and explicit reference to its encoding system (C093 does not contain description and does not reference the encoding system explicitly).

Proposal: Add NEW template to C001 called representing_code (repr_code) with the associated name and reference to the encoding system used.

Identification_assignment.identifier (with reference data as per example 1 hereafter) holds the code_name, and is referenced by either an encoding system document or an instance of assigning_descriptor (C095). The Identification_assignment is classified by an internal class (with reference data as per example 1) where Class.name holds the "name". An organization shall optionally be assigned Identification_assignment the same way as in template assigning_identification.

Example 1:
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-05-24)
Codes should be handled as described in Capability assigning_codes. That means that using your example above, you use template assigning_code and give the code (e.g. "3") in parameter class_code and assign a reference data class (e.g. "Safety_code" in param code_class_name) representing the encoding system, to give it a meaning. What's missing here is of course the description of what the code means ("Critical"), but the reference data class (code_class_name) defintion should point you to the definition of all codes. You just have to use a code_class_name that is specific to your classification codes, "Safety_code" is not enough.
You could also define each code as a reference data class, and use assigning_reference_data. That would give you the exact definition for each code immediately, and that definition would probably say what encoding system you use as well.
I think it is wrong to provide the definition of the code in instance data, as suggested above. As soon as you enter the world of reference data, you should not provide further information about that data in the instance file, but through the class definition and description.
I see no need for a new template here.


Open issue Issue: RBN-13 by Rob Bodington (07-08-09) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Move template representing_code to NDLO/templates

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-01-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

There should be minimal characterization of the identification_assignment. This should just be organization assignment, classification and date time. The diagrams and text should reflect this.
Comment: (Tim Turner 05th Feb 2004)
Characterization revised. Overview updated. Examples and model diagrams updated.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (04-01-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Comment: (Tim Turner 05th Feb 2004)
Empty issue


Closed issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (05-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Version 1.32 of this capability contains material developed for the example Dex and introduces tables of contraints, rules and sections which will be moved to the business DEXs area. This capability needs to be reset to version 1.28 to effect this.
Comment: (Tim Turner 19th Apr 2005)
Capability 1.32 was updated with the content from version 1.28


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (Feb 4th 04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The EXPRESS example for date_time is missing the date entity instance
Comment: (Tim Turner 18th Oct 2004)
Fixed


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (Feb 4th 04) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

I would like to provide a digram of ref data concepts, but it seems impossible in the ref data section itself (see Figure 9) in usage guidence section.
Comment: (Tim Turner 18th Oct 2004)
Not an issue against the capability. Closed.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (Feb 4th 04) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Need to link in the ref data added in Bristol, Jan 04
Comment: (Tim Turner 18th Oct 2004)
Fixed


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (04-09-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

I think that you should make clear that if the same identifier is being assigned to multiple things, for example the same serial number applied to several versions of the product_as_realized
Comment: (Tim Turner 18th Oct 2004)
Not sure that i understand the question/issue. I think that each PAR is a separate version (that exists), therefore, it would have a different serial number to any other version. Assigning identifiers does not deal with versions. Actually, I shouldn't have used serial number as another type of identification for a Part - since this is at the design stage - NSN would have been better example. Raise another issue to clarify the question if required.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (05-02-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 4.6 shows a serial number AND a part number being assigned to a part. A serial number should only be assigned to product-as_individual.
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Example updated and problem fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (05-09-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

I think that there is room for confusion between codes used as a classification and codes used for identification. A part number may well be a code. When it is used to identify a part, identification assignment should be used. I think that this needs to be stated in this capability. I also think that an example showing the classification of the part number should also be provided.
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Added clarification on difference between identifiers and codes to the business overview section. There are several examples of part type codes (aka part number) being assigned and classified as such.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-7 by Rob Bodington (05-09-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

There should be another template, assigning_classified_identification which assigns an identifier that is a sub class of a standard PLCS identifier. E.g. The FMV part number would be a sub class of Part_type_code, so the template should use the assigning_business_specific_reference_data.
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
I assume that this is to enable users to specify the reference data library, rather than have it hard coded. Will work on it.
Comment: (Tim Turner 13th Nov 2005)
I believe that by including assigning_identification_with_no_organization (as suggested by RBN-8 - that refers to the same template), that this issue is closed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-8 by Rob Bodington (05-09-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The assigning_classified_identification template should be moved from assigning_organization to assigning_identifiers capability. The template can then used to identify things where the organization that "owns" the identifier is not known, or is not important. The template should be renamed to: assigning_identification_with_no_organization
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Working on it.
Comment: (Tim Turner 13th Nov 2005)
Now added to C001


Closed issue Issue: RBN-9 by Rob Bodington (05-09-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability should make clear that the classification of the identifier should make the codification system used to create the identifier explicit. For example, if a part number has been encoded according to a particular coding standard, then there should be a class representing that standard, and that class should be a sub class of the part_identification_code. Hence it is clear that the id has been encoded according a particular standard and is a part_identification_code. The description of the class should make it clear which codification system and rules have been used.
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Description emboying above added.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-10 by Rob Bodington (05-09-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability refers to part_type_code - this class does not exist in the reference data - it should be part_identification_code
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-1 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Second section in Information Model Overview - Avoid descriptions on how not to use the model.
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Removed.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-2 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figures 2 and 3. Color coding templates is not required (redundant information).
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Re-formatted.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-3 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

First section under Figure 3 and first section in paragraph - Avoid descriptions on how not to use the model.
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Done.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-4 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

First section under Figure 3 - The description attribute shall not be used (set to /IGNORE). The description of the identifier is provided through reference data and its description in the RDL.
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-5 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

All references to reference data shoud be done using the tag rdl_ref. This ensures that reference data used actually exists in the RDL.
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Done.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-6 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figures 4.2 and 4.3. Color coding and capability identification is redundant information to capability templates.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-7 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Reference data given in examples shall correspond to reference data defined in the PLCS RDL. Figure 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5 Identification_assignment skall be classified as Part_identification_code. Figure 4.3 and 4.4 Organization_assignment Org-id-classification shall be Organization_name. Figure 4.4 and 4.5 Date_time_assignment date_class_name shall be Date_actual.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-10 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

First section umder Figure 4.3 says : The instantiation diagram above shows the use of Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment for both identifying and assigning an Organization to the identifier and establishing it's usage through it's classification_assignment. Comment - It does not !!
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Removed.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-11 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figures 4.5, 4.7 and 4.9 are not complete, which must be a Requirement if templates are not used. The Organization is identified using the name attribute, which is not the recommended approach for assigning identifiers.
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-12 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The current content in section Additional Usage Guidence does not provide any new information. Is a summary of the previous section. Move section on Multiple identification into Additional Usage Guidence.
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Done.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-14 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 5.3, 5.4 and 5.6. org_id_class_name shall be Organization_name.
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Done.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-15 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The ref_data_library.id attribute in all figures should be changed to urn:plcs:rdl:std.
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Done.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-16 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Usage section do not render properly !
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Re-formatted.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-11 by Rob Bodington (05-11-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Remove the attributes rd_library and rd_class_of_class They are redundant.
Comment: (Tim Turner 12th Nov 2005)
Done.


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-16) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The instance #7048 is referred to as serial_identification in tex but breakdown_identification in figure 4.9.
Comment: (Tim Turner 29th Nov 2005)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-12 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The EXPRESS-G in Figure 5.1 in template assigning_identification should have a reference parameter ^id_assign assigned to entity Identification_assignment
Comment: (Tim Turner 29th Nov 2005)
Fixed.

assigning_location - issues
Capability (C049):— assigning_location Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:09
Revision: 1.7

Issue raised against: assigning_location

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (06-06-26) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 5.1 Configuration for Assigning Location shows the parameter "la_id_class_name", it should be "la_class_name"
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-11-11)
Moved to the template assigning_location

assigning_organization - issues
Capability (C094):— assigning_organization Date: 2009/02/11 09:52:20
Revision: 1.40

Issue raised against: assigning_organization

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: DNV-05 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-02-27) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

There is no template for relating an organization to another organization. Currently the entity Organization_relationship is only present in C016 Representing_person_organization.

Proposal: NEW Template called "asg_org_rel" (assigning_organization_relationship): The template describes the relationship between two organizations classified using assigning_reference_data.

The OASIS cap C094 assigning_organization doesn't include the entity Organization_relationship therefore we suggest to add this to C094 and add a new template for the relationship."

Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-05-24)
The only reason to create a template for the relationship is to make the classification of the relationship clearly visible, but it might not be necessary? We would get very many templates if we did this for every relationship... It should however be clearly described in the Capability.


Open issue Issue: DNV-5a by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-02-27) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

This issue is related to the proposal of the new template assigning_organization_relationship and this template to be part of assigning_organization capability (C094) instead of representing_person_organization (C016).

Should the name of the capability be changed to representing_organization with one template called assigning_organization and the new template called representing_person_organization


Open issue Issue: DNV-5b by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-02-27) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

This issue is related to the proposal of a new template assigning_organization_relationship to be part of assigning_organization.

The capability assigning_organization (C094) doesn't include the entity Organization_relationship (currently only available as part of representing_person_organization). The entity needs to be added to the capability in order to be able to add the new template.

Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-05-24)
I agree, regardless if we have a new template or not the Capability must deal with the relationship.

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-06-24) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

An address can be associated with an organization by address_assignment (PDM schema approach) or by using location_assignment to assign a location that has a representation that is a postal address. I think that we should advocate one approach and given that the location approach allows more that just an address, we should recommend that approach. Should this be documented in assigning_organization or representing_location? I was also wondering whether we needed a new capability representing_organization to describe relationship between organizations. Or should that be in assigning_organization as well?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-21)
The capability now specifies the use of assigning_location.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (05-09-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The assigning_classified_identification template should be moved from assigning_organization to assigning_identifiers capability. The template can then used to identify things where the organization that "owns" the identifier is not known, or is not important. The template should be renamed to: assigning_identification_with_no_organization
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-11-18)
assigning_classified_identification renamed to assigning_identification_with_no_organization and moved to assigning_identifiers capability


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (05-09-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

We need to consistently use /IGNORE
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-26)
Updated


Closed issue Issue: GYL-1 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-09-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Capability number shall be C094 (not just 94).


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (05-10-26) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The EPXRESS-G diagram "Figure 5 An EXPRESS-G representation of the Information model for assigning_organization" shows some optional characterization. This should be described in the characterization section of the template.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-10-26)
Updated


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Should assigning_identifiers be a dependent capability.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-21)
Yes - this capability requires the use of the template assigning_identification_with_no_organization which is defined in the capability assigning_identifiers


Closed issue Issue: DNV-7 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-02-27) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Templates such as assigning_approving_organization need to reference an organization (similiar assigning_approving_person need to reference person_in_organization). Organization should be represented independently and referenced.

Proposal: NEW Template called "repr_org" (representing_organization): The template describes an organization when its only role is its existence without an entity approving_person_organization. This makes it easier to relate organizations to an organization hierarchy or e.g. approving_person_organization.

The template consists of the entity organization with the assigned templates as described in assigning_approving_organization as well as an optional assigning_address .

Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-05-24)
This is a good idea, since there are entities whose attributes refer to Organization, see for example template assigning_approval.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-02-15)
A new template representing_organization has been created.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (07-08-09) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Moved template assigning_organization_relationship to NDLO/template
assigning_product_properties - issues
Capability (C076):— assigning_product_properties Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:09
Revision: 1.58

Issue raised against: assigning_product_properties

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: TJT-5 by Tim Turner on behalf of UK MoD TES/ILS and Eng Pol under UK_Defence Development Programme. (06-12-05) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The core template for this capability is assigning_product_property, which is re-used throughout the remaining templates. Each subsequent template, however, does not absorb the parameters required to populate the former (re-used) one. It therefore, means that two templates are required each time, rather than a single template. It would seem logical to me, that these templates should be collapsed/condensed so that all the elements for a particular type of property can be defined using a single template. Each type of property is associated to an assigned_property through the property_representation. This entity is a relation between an entity representing the type of representation and the assigned_property entity (which identifies the item to which the property is assigned). Given that the relation must always point to an assigned_property entity, it would make sense to incorporate this into each template where only the type of property representation is varied. Hence only a single template would be required for each type of property, not two, as currently defined.


Open issue Issue: TJT-6 by Tim Turner on behalf of UK MoD TES/ILS and Eng Pol under UK_Defence Development Programme. (06-12-05) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Given that each type of property is associated to an assigned_property through the property_representation. This entity is a relation between an entity representing the type of representation and the assigned_property entity (which identifies the item to which the property is assigned). Given that the relation must always point to an assigned_property entity, it would make sense to incorporate this into each template where only the type of property representation is varied. Hence only a single template would be required for each type of property.


Open issue Issue: AMS-1 by Ann Meads (08-01-29) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

To comply with agreed guidance in the property templates, the role (determination) classification should be to the property_value_representation and not the property_representation.
Comment: ( )

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-02-24) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In the section "Date and Time Assignment" - The date time should be the time when the property was assigned - not when it was created in the STEP file. Similarly - the section "Person and Organization Assignment" should say that the person who measured the property should be recorded.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2003-03-29)
Words have been altered in line with Rob's comment


Closed issue Issue: GYL-1 by Leif Gyllstrom (04-03-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The usage of the "Representing_person_organization" should probably be replaced with the usage of "Referencing_person_organization".
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2003-03-29)
Reference has been changed


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (04-03-22) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The attribute Independent_property is not brought into the model from PLCS through the usage section. This means that DEX1, for example, cannot compile a schema while this attribute is missing/undefined.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 04-03-29)
I was assuming that AP239 would not use independent_property as you are mandating reference data. It doesn't make much sense to define a standard property twice.
Comment: (Tom Hendrix 04-05-07)
In the pdm schema there is a notion of a "definitional" independent property. Perhaps something like a material specification. Is classification suitable for this sort of assignment?
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
I think classification (reference data) is perfect for this. I spoke to Rob and he thought we weren't using independent property. One for the PLCS modellers to resolve, I think !
Comment: (Tim Turner 2004-06-17)
I certainly agree that we shouldn't have alternative ways to represent the same thing and there appears to be little push from Dex1 team to have this. I picked it up from the initial Dex 1 spec - not knowing that there was any agreement to abandone it for the Dexs. Another one of those "nuggets" no one knows about!


Closed issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (04-03-22) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Property_representation has an attribute Representation, which is not brought into the model from PLCS through the usage section. This means that DEX1, for example, cannot compile a schema while this attribute is missing/undefined.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2003-03-29)
The attribute you need is actually called "rep" and is imported as far as I can see in the usage section. Does this fix your problem ?
Comment: (Tim Turner 2004-06-17)
Yes fixed: - reps are now in the model!


Closed issue Issue: TJT-3 by Tim Turner (04-03-22) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The select type property_assignment_select appearrs to be empty.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2003-03-29)
Does it need to be specified in this capability ? Surely the dependent and related capabilities sections in the other capabilities define which entities the properties can be assigned to ?
Comment: (Tom Hendrix 04-05-07)
Since the scope is only products, why not show a Product_view_definition in the select. All others in the scope of this capability are subtypes of this.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
I've done as Tom suggested, but left this issue open - do we need to consider properties being assigned to view_definition_relationship instances also ?
Comment: (Tim Turner 2004-06-17)
The property_assignment_select type population is now resolved. I think it was a problem in the longform generator back in March. Not sure about properties being assigned to view_definition_relationship instances. Can only see a need if there's a requirement to place properties on relationships between products e.g. alternate_part_relationship may have some sort of property governing it's use - but I rather think that might be treading on the effectivity ground. I'll let you decide if you want to close this Ian.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-28)
Sounds like we have agreement, issue is now closed.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-07-29)
The select gets populated by the long form generator - not by capabilities.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (04-03-25) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The Introduction should contain an example of a property. This goes for all the property capabilities.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2003-03-29)
Examples for parts and requirements now added.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (04-03-25) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In the business DEX section describe what a property first then explain the classification of them.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2003-03-29)
Re-arranged text appropriately. Used definition from PDM Schema usage guide.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (04-03-25) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add a note to business DEX

NOTE    In addition to products, properties can be assigned to activities, described in C077: assigning_process_properties and resources, described in C078: assigning_resource_properties.

Comment: (Ian Bailey 2003-03-29)
Added note - also did this for process properties.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (04-03-25) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

I think that we should assign identifiers to the assigned property.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2003-03-29)
I disagree. This does not map onto any commercial systems I know. Nor does the PDM Schema usage guide mandate this.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-28)
Agreed.


Closed issue Issue: THX-1 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

replace *would be* with *are*
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
Changed in line with Tom's comments


Closed issue Issue: THX-2 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Mention that products are things that can be configuration managed.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
Surely the products capability should do this ?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-28)
Added line in introduction.


Closed issue Issue: THX-3 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Why are required properties allowed here but not for Activity_properties. Is a required property the same a design specification?
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
Because of the need to configuration manage requirements, requirement is a subtypes of product. If you wish to assign a required property to an activity, you must first assign a requirement and then represent that requirement with your property.


Closed issue Issue: THX-4 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Remove *Related standards This DEX is implements chapter 6 of the PDM Schema Usage guide.*
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
Done


Closed issue Issue: THX-5 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

*this is usually the person who observed, measured or predicted the property. * Since required proerties are permitted, add a word to cover that activity - perhaps "specified".
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
Well spotted !


Closed issue Issue: TJT-4 by Tim Turner (04-06-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Why is there no mention of properties of documents? Given the issue (THX-3) and comment in response, is it also possible to add the usage of applied_document_property - a subtype of assigned_property? Document is a subtype of product and also requires managing.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-07-29)
Agreed. This capability should mention the fact that properties can be assigned to documents as part of the introduction . However, the representation of document properties should be part of the document capability - or a separate capability. See Issue RBN-1 against representing_document.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-28)
The introduction has been updated. The capability "assigning_document_properties" has been implemented.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-6 by Rob Bodington (04-08-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The instance diagrams show classification_assignments having roles, such as 'Life cycle Classification'. A classification assignment should not have a role. If a role is required, this implies that sub classing is required in the reference data.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-28)
Diagrams updated.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-7 by Rob Bodington (04-08-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Is PLCS providing units via classification, or via EXPRESS units? The instance diagrams need to reflect this.
Comment: (Mike Ward 2004-12-23)
Diagrams amended accordingly.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-8 by Rob Bodington (04-08-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Has PLCS decided not use qualifiers such as "predicted" and instead use the explicit class representing
Comment: (Mike Ward 2004-01-25)
Diagrams amended to reflect current status of reference data.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-9 by Rob Bodington (04-11-25) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The RDL for properties comprises: properties quantified_property qualified_property The quantified properties are used to represent properties that require units. The qualified_properties are used to represent properties that are expressed as qualifications, such as "Green" or "Red" The various assigning property need to be updated to reflect this.
Comment: (Mike Ward 2004-01-25)
Diagrams amended to reflect current status of reference data.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-10 by Rob Bodington (04-11-25) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability should describe how to describe the use units. In particular the
Comment: (Mike Ward 2004-01-25)
New section added.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-11 by Rob Bodington (05-06-22) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

It is not clear from the capability how the name of a property is to be provided. The name attribute is set to /IGNORE, yet there is no corresponding classification or identification. We can either use the name attribute, use identification assignment, or use classification.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-04-16)
External classification is used through template assigning_reference_data, because we want the property name to be defined as reference data.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-12 by Rob Bodington (05-09-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

There should be a template assigning_product_property There will be an associated template: property_numerical_value in representing_properties_numerically and property_numerical_value
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-04-16)
fixed.


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-16) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Make reference to the figures 1, 2 and 3 for clarity.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-04-16)
Capability has been edited, and figures changed...


Closed issue Issue: NN-2 by Nigel Newling (05-11-16) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Refers to two instances of Activity_property_representation when only one in figure 5.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-04-16)
I think this issue is outdated, and do not understand what is meant. This capability does not have any Activity_property_representations.


Closed issue Issue: NN-3 by Nigel Newling (05-11-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Is it necessary for date/time and person/organization characterisations to be mandatory? If these are unknown, it gives rise to a lot of redundant instances.
Comment: (Peter Bergstr minor_techicalouml;m 2006-04-16)
The assignment of a property has no longer a date/time assignment, not even an optional one. Since the assignment of a property _may_ be done without giving any value, and since properties may have several representations which may be recoded at different times, it makes no sense. Instead The representation of the property can have a date/time assigned, which is recorded in capabilities C079: representing_properties_numerically, C080: representing_properties_textually, and C084: representing_property_value_ranges. This moves the date/time much closer to the actual value.


Closed issue Issue: NN-4 by Nigel Newling (05-11-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Predicted and Actual qualifications are discussed in the text but are not part of the reference data.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-04-16)
This has already been fixed, but the issue was not closed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-13 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add the TEMPLATE: assigning_product_property
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-04-16)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-14 by Rob Bodington (06-05-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Provide some examples in Fig 1. E.g. Next to "Item that has property": E.g. A part - the wheel next to "Assigned property" The name of the property. E.g. A mass property next to "Property representation" The value of the property. E.g. 1 Kgs
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-04-16)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-15 by Rob Bodington (06-05-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The EXPRESS_G diagram in Fig 3 should show most of the property model and not be spread over modules. It should also be colored to show which part of the model correspond to which of the functionalities shown in Fig 1
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-04-16)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-16 by Rob Bodington (06-05-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The instance diagrams in Fig 4 to 6 should use templates. Also, I don't think that assigning a date and person to the property is mandatory
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-06-08)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-17 by Rob Bodington (06-05-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Template: assigning_product_property 3rd para of the description better reworded: A description of representing and relating multiple representations for a property, for example the values of a property changing over time, is provided in capability C056: representing_evolution_of_property_values.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-04-16)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-18 by Rob Bodington (06-05-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Fig 9 should be commented to show that the classification is providing the name of the property. The property assignment select should be annotated to show that it is assigned to a product
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-04-16)
Fixed. Although there are a lot of other things a property may be assigned to, so I selected a few as examples.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-19 by Rob Bodington (06-05-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Fig 11 should be annotated to show that the product_view_definition is the view definition of a part or product_as_realized. The diagram should not show a product_view_definition
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-04-16)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-20 by Rob Bodington (06-05-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Fig 13 in template: product_property_numeric should either use the template: assigning_product_property or comment in the diagram that the out of scope section is covered by the template: assigning_product_property. The figure should be annotated to show what is the value of the property and what is the property.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-04-16)
Annotated figure to show value, unit and property name.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-21 by Rob Bodington (06-05-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Fig 16. the assigned_property instance #119 is not instantiated by the template, but rather by the template assigning_product_property. So either make a comment to this affect or explicitly show the template assigning_product_property in the diagram. Similarly for Fig 17
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-06-27)
Hopefully this is now fixed, most graphics are new.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-22 by Rob Bodington (06-05-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

I am not sure about the benefit of the clssifying the properties as quntified or qualified. I think that the qualification should be explcit in the name of the of the property. For example: actual_weight and predicted-weight
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-06-08)
Neither am I, and I agree that this should preferrably be handled by the structure and classification of reference data. Until there is a place to move this section (if needed) I will keep the section inside a comment in this capability, so it can be inserted somewhere else, but it will not be a visible part of this capability.

assigning_process_properties - issues
Capability (C077):— assigning_process_properties Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:09
Revision: 1.46

Issue raised against: assigning_process_properties

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: BNN-1 by Bill Nairn (07-06-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Figure 3 - Model for Assigning Process Properties. The amber box at the bottom of this diagram is named incorrectly. It should read "Cap 077 Assigning_process_properties" (rather than "Cap 076 Assigning_product_properties").
Comment: ( )

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (05-11-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

This capability depends upon C079 to provide the numerical value for the properties identified by this capability. Without C079, this capability could not provide the value shown in Fig 5. Date and time assignment is an optional characterization, yet it is listed as a dependent. I suggest that C079 be made a dependent capability for this one. There may be other dependents that are listed as related.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-18)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (05-11-21) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

This capability refers to Task in an example - which is a DIS model entity. This example needs to be updated to AP239 IS model level.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-18)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-3 by Tim Turner (05-11-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Duration is an entity within PLCS. It is a subtype of value_with_unit which is brought in by C079. However, this is not used within the examples shown within C077 in assigning a duration to a task. Perhaps a note should explain why duration is not used?
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-18)
I think this is true for many of the abundant subtypes of this part of the model... Will look into it.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-06-05)
The discussion regarding use of subtypes of Value_with_unit and Unit have now been moved to capability 096 Representing_value_with_unit. This issue have been addressed in that section. My standpoint in doing this was the following: The semantics of values should be given in the attribute name referring to them, or in the property class name which they represent. A value is a value. Therefore, the use of Duration and Uncertainty_with_unit have been deprecated, except when the schema explicitly refers to these.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-4 by Tim Turner (05-11-21) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The overview does not mention task, but task is refered to in an example involving duration. The text does not indicate if there is a difference between assigning a duration to a task or assigning one to an activity. Should there be some guidence regarding the use (interchangeability) of task with activity here? I suggest to include task in the overview and some notes to clarify usage with activity and task. I suspect that C077 is applicable to both.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-18)
Yes, C077 is applicable to both, hence its name: Assigning_process_properties. I do not know however if there is a real difference in usage with activity and task_method (I though not), can you provide some examples?
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-06-05)
The overview now mentions all 'super-entities' that can have process properties. It is assumed that the reader understands that process properties can be assigned also to their subtypes.
I do not think there is a difference between a duration property if it is assigned to a task_method rather than to an activity. A planned_activity is basically the same as its corresponding task_method, except that it is planned (scheduled, although not necessarily with a defined date/time) for a specific individual (or type). At least the (invented) property 'estimated duration' would be the same. There is however a difference that a task_method should not have an Actual_duration, since the task_method itself is a type - it is instantiated as an activity. But this is a difference between task_method and activity, not regarding their property assignments, and it should be discussed in other capabilities dealing with task_method and/or activities. Note that a planned_activity or a directed_activity should also not have properties classified as 'actual_xxx'. The only activity that should have 'actual_' properties is the activity_actual.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-5 by Tim Turner (05-11-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Can we have one name to refer to this capability - assigning process properties or assigning activity properties - which is it? Personally, I think process involves more than just an activity.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-03)
I have renamed the template assigning_process_properties, and changed wording in the capability to explain to what entity instances a process property can be assigned.


Closed issue Issue: THX-1 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

"STEP has traditionally only allowed properties to be assigned to products." may be a little misleading. Suggest change to something like: STEP has traditionally only assigned properties to products. The STEP capability to assign properties to activities has not been exploited before PLCS (THX: I dont really even know if this is true.)
Comment: (IanBailey 04-05-10)
Fixed in line with Tom's comments


Closed issue Issue: THX-2 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

mass, time, velocity, etc. *would be* examples of intrinsic classification Change to *are*
Comment: (IanBailey 04-05-10)
Fixed in line with Tom's comments


Closed issue Issue: THX-3 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

change *Note that ...* to a NOTE. Also xml not valid.
Comment: (Tom Hendrix 04-05-06)
fixed


Closed issue Issue: THX-4 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

*Recording the date and time at which a property was assigned is mandatory* SUggest a standard wording for all mandatory items - as in the next clause *It is mandatory to record the person...* seems better. Perhaps there should be a special syntax or fonting, kind of like a note that influences the layout.
Comment: (IanBailey 04-05-10)
Fixed in line with Tom's comments. In terms of having a standard notation, that's a question for Rob !


Closed issue Issue: THX-5 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

It is mandatory to record the person *(and their organization)*. If mandatory perhaps should not be in parentheses.
Comment: (IanBailey 04-05-10)
Fixed in line with Tom's comments


Closed issue Issue: THX-6 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Delete *Related standards This DEX is implements chapter 6 of the PDM Schema Usage guide.*
Comment: (IanBailey 04-05-10)
Fixed in line with Tom's comments


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-09-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

There should be a template assigning_process_property There will be an associated template: property_numerical_value in representing_properties_numerically and property_numerical_value
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 2006-05-03)
Template has been added, and now renamed to assigning_process_property.


Closed issue Issue: SB-2 by Sean barker (05-11-18) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The assignment of Effectivity to an activity_property needs to be described.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-06-05)
Is this needed more than a description of how to assign a condition, an approval, an identification, a document, a language_indication, a justification or a task_method (just to mention a few) to an activity_property? Or shouldn't this be described in a capability for how to assign effectivities?
I think we might have a philosophical issue here: If something is not described in the capability, but the schema allows it, is it then not allowed (or deprecated) in the OASIS guidelines? Is it 'illegal'? Especially now with the templates, I can sense an unspoken conception that nothing except what's in the templates (or capabilities) is allowed. I would like this to be true, since life would be easier then, but I fear that we have forgotten to mention a lot of 'common sense' assignments to many entities in all of the capabilities in that case (just look at the list at the beginning of this paragraph!). Maybe we need to decide what 'conformance' to the OASIS PLCS DEXs or Capabilities really mean? And then possibly add all those assignments to all capabilities?
Or maybe I have just misunderstood this issue altogether...?
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-06-21)
The PLCS schema allows effectivity to be assigned to a property, not a value. Please provide some examples that show the business requirements for assigning an effectivity to a property.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-05-17)
No further info received. Closed.

assigning_resource_properties - issues
Capability (C078):— assigning_resource_properties Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:09
Revision: 1.43

Issue raised against: assigning_resource_properties

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: BNN-1 by Bill Nairn (07-06-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Figure 3 - Simplified model for assigning resource properties. The amber box at the bottom of this diagram is named incorrectly. It should read "Cap 078 Assigning_resource_properties" (rather than "Cap 076 Assigning_product_properties").
Comment: ( )

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (05-11-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

By itself, this capability does not provide any values for the properties identified. These are eft to C079 and C080 (numerical and textual assignments). Therefore, I would suggest that this capability is dependent upon C079 and C080 rather than just being related capabilities.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-18)
Done.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (05-11-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

This capability should introduce at least 2 templates. One for assigning numerical properties to a resource and a second for textual ones.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-18)
Done.


Closed issue Issue: Ian1 by Ian Bailey (04-05-12) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

I find myself in the curious position of raising a major issue against a capability that I edited. However, this issue should be discussed by the PLCS modellers and I need to raise the issue in some formal way, so here goes....

For required resouorces we sometimes have required properties (see example in this capability of test equipment with a required accuracy). For every other case in PLCS we assign requirements when we want to have required properties - i.e. we create instances of requirement_assignment, requirement, requirement_version, etc. Requirement is a subtype of product because there is a need to configuration control requirements. In the case of required resources however, we cannot do this as the requirement_assignment select does not have required_resource_by_resource_item in it. Hence I have just shown properties being assigned in this capability. However, I am not comfortable with this, as those properties will be requirements and will effectively slip through the configuration control net. It also provides endless possibilities for data inconsistency through the product lifecycle. For example, imagine a system requirements document that defines supportability requirements - one of which is an inspection ramp that can lift a 2 tonne road vehicle. This would be modelled as a system_element (qualified as "required" and e.g. assembled into a system breakdown called "support solution"). However, when we get into the support phase, the required_resource_by_resource_item isntance will be used to duplicate the same information originally defined in the requirements.
Comment: (Mike Ward 2004-01-31)
Classification of Resource_property revised.


Closed issue Issue: Ian2 by Ian Bailey (04-05-12) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

It is not possible to assign a person and organization to a resource_property - the entity is missing from person org select.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-29)
Added as PLCS ballot comment: 10303-1282 IBY-6


Closed issue Issue: THX-1 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

in *The purpose of the *Assigning Resource Properties* capability is to describe .....* should this be the name *Assigning Properties to Resources* instead of id? (similar for other capabilities in this set )
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
Fixed for all modules in this series.


Closed issue Issue: THX-2 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

remove either e.g. or etc. from *(e.g. required resources, managed resources, etc.)*
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: THX-3 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Business DEX overview *... also allow properties assigned to activities.* Change *activities* to *resources*
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: THX-4 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

*Note that required process/activity properties are not allowed.* This is achieved by creating Requirement instances and assigning them to the activity. * Should this be resources? Or should it be removed? It conflicts with *The acceptable qualifiers are: Required - ....
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
Good question. Normally, we would use a requirement instance and assign it. However, required_resource is sort of a requirement in itself. However, by shortcuttting the requirement assignment process we'd end up with requirements being handled in two different ways. Any views ?
Comment: (Mike Ward 2004-01-31)
Classification of Resource_property revised.


Closed issue Issue: THX-5 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

*To assign a property to an activity* should be *resource*. Check all instances of activity to make sure they are intended.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
Oops! There quite a few of those typos. Now fixed.


Closed issue Issue: THX-6 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

*Note that required process/activity properties are not allowed.* This is achieved by creating Requirement instances and assigning them to the activity. * Since this is normative , suggest not using the wording *note that* (similar in other capabilties. (I know I know this is not an ISO standard...).
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
I'm not sure if the ISO rules apply, but I've changed it anyway.


Closed issue Issue: THX-7 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add C084 as a related capability
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-05-10)
Done


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add TEMPLATE: assigning_resource_property
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-18)
Done.

assigning_reference_data - issues
Capability (C010):— assigning_reference_data Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:09
Revision: 1.23

Issue raised against: assigning_reference_data

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: GYL-9 by Rob Bodington (07-04-13) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The capability should make it clear that assigning_code data can be used instead of assigning_reference data


Open issue Issue: GYL-8 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-20) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The assigning PLCS superclass characterization section refers to a leaf class in the PLCS standard reference data library. Does this mean that extensions allway has to based on leaf classes ?
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-05-04)
If a leaf class can also be one of the Express entities, I would say yes (however, that might have to be made clear in the text here). All reference data must always a subclass of something in the AP239 schema.


Open issue Issue: RBN-7 by Rob Bodington (05-10-25) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

There are currently three templates specifying different ways of assigning reference data: assigning_business_specific_reference_data assigning_reference_data assigning_code Assigning_reference_data is used by default in most templates that need reference data e.g. assigning_organization. However, in different situations, each of the three approaches to assigning reference data is appropriate. This then raises the question as to how to represent this within a template such as assigning_organization. Option 1) We could have three templates for assigning_organization. One for each use of reference data. This would not really address the problem as any template using assigning_organization has the same problem. Option 2) We could exclude the assigning_reference_data from templates. This has a disadvantage in that the reference data may be inconsistently applied or not applied. Option 3) Always use assigning_reference_data in other templates. Document the fact that when assigning_reference_data is used either assigning_business_specific_reference_data, or assigning_codes could be used instead. In fact, it could be argued, that only assigning_business_specific_reference_data or assigning_codes should be used. As both have the same template arguments, we avoid any problems. Perhaps we need a special parameter set for class information that indicates whether the class is standard, business or a code. Furthermore, the instantiation patterns of assigning_business_specific_reference_data and assigning_codes are different, one uses classification_assignment to relate two classes, the other uses Subset - they should use the same.


Open issue Issue: PBM-3 by Peter Bergström (2007-01-31) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

In order to process OWL correctly, the reference data library that is the most specialized rdl must be identified as the context ontology. The context ontology must include all other rdl's in an exchange file. This should be achieved by classifying the most specialized External_data_library as the "Context_ontology".



Figure 1 —  Possible solution

Figure 1 —  Possible solution

This template should describe how to achieve this, both in text and using an instance example. An OWL class "Context_ontology" has to be created. Possibly, a specific template has to be developed for this.

Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 07-04-23)
This issue has been moved from the template 'assigning_reference_data', since the context ontology should only be refered to once within a message. However, the usage of context ontology should also be mentioned within the assigning_reference_data capability.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-05-04)
Any External_class_library entity representing a specific, identified RDL should only be instantiated once in a data set (although there is currently no uniqueness constraint in the template to that effect, which I think is incorrect, see issue PBM-3 for template assigning_reference_data). That fact makes this capability just the correct place to do it. What would be a better place?


Open issue Issue: PBM-4 by Peter Bergström (2007-05-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The description of how to use attributes id and description of entity External_class_library in the capability does not harmonize with what is done in template "assigning_reference_data". The capability allows too much flexibility here in my opinion, allowing the description attribute to be used (although in most other capabilities an assigning_descriptor is used instead), and allowing an arbitrary document identification as the source of external reference data in attribute id (which does not go well with the decision to use OWL for reference data). The capability should restrict external class libraries to be only digital libraries structured in accordance with the DEXlib rules for reference data (maybe not necessarily an OWL-file, but certainly digital, at least). It should also recommend, if not exclude all others, that the RDL is identified using a URN, which is what we use for OASIS reference data libraries.
Similarly, I think the description of the possible use of the id attribute of entity External_class should be deleted, and the attribute should always be set to /IGNORE instead. (However, I would personally have preferred to use the ID attribute to identify the class, since the name of the class is language dependent, but I guess that is too late to change now... ;-) The possibility of finding the reference data class in either of these two attributes is confusing to an implementor, and we should avoid that.

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (05-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Version 1.8 of this capability contains material developed for the example Dex and introduces tables of contraints, rules and sections which will be moved to the business DEXs area. This capability needs to be reset to version 1.6 to effect this.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-06-13)
Version 1.9 is reset to the content of version 1.6


Closed issue Issue: GYL-1 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-06-13) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The section Business DEX overview should be renamed to Business overview.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-06-13)
Done


Closed issue Issue: GYL-2 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-06-13) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Introduce the template section into the capability
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-06-23)
Done


Closed issue Issue: GYL-3 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-06-13) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Express-G like diagram is missing in the Information Model Overview
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-06-23)
Done


Closed issue Issue: GYL-4 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-06-13) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Delete the usage of Attribute classification
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-06)
Removed the usage of Attribute classification as the means of controlling standard values. Added a section under Additional usage guidance.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-5 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-06-13) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Change model reviewer to Core_team
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-06)
Done


Closed issue Issue: GYL-6 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Complete the section on related standards.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-06)
Added information about 15926 and PartsLib.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-08-18) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The ID attribute of external class should hold the URN of the class in the external library.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-06-23)
Added in both textual description and in the template.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (04-09-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 1 is too small to read
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-06-23)
All figures replaced


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (04-11-24) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability should describe how one explicitly represents the fact that something have NOT been classified where a classification is expected. The reason being that sending system was not able to provide a sensible class. E.g. if the life_cycle_stage of a view defnition is not known. The approach is specify the name attribute on external_class as being /NULL.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-06-23)
Added section under Additional usage guidance. However, recommendation is to use PLCS standard class 'Unknown'


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (04-11-09) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability should describe how and when to use the Class Unknown. The unknown class is used by a translator to recognize that something should be classified, but the classification is not known by the translator.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-06-23)
Added section under Additional usage guidance


Closed issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (05-07-08) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 5 in assigning_reference_data template shows Class.description="/IGNORE" and External_class_library.description="$" They should be consistent.

The following attribute values are permitted:

Based on this, the following attributes should be set: External_class_library.description="$" Class.description="$"

Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-09-21)
Rejected. Guidelines for populating non-used attributes has changed in accordance with the approach used in the figure.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-6 by Rob Bodington (05-10-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability describes how to represent "Superclass information" and the fact that where an extension to PLCS reference data has occurred, standard classes should exchanged as superclasses. There should be a template to define this.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-03)
This is provided by the template assigning_business_specific_reference_data.


Closed issue Issue: GYL-7 by Leif Gyllstrom (05-10-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Change web adress for the PLCS RDL to urn:plcs:rdl:std in all examples. Decision made at the Core Team meeting in Bristol 05-09-21
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 05-10-04)
Added


Closed issue Issue: RBN-8 by Rob Bodington (06-01-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The PATH in assigning_business_specific_reference_data is incorrect It is using [{ which is unnecessary
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-01-17)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: RBN-9 by Rob Bodington (06-01-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 9 and 10 do not show the reference parameter ext_class
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2007-05-03)
The figures being adressed belongs to a template that has been deprecated.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-10 by Rob Bodington (06-01-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The PATH in assigning_reference_data is incorrect It includes External_class_library.id = @ecl_id External_class_library.id = '$'
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-01-19)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: PBM-1 by Peter Bergström (06-12-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figures 5, 7 and 11 show the value of the External_class.id to be '/NULL', while the path syntax assign '/IGNORE' to the attribute. I believe it should be '/IGNORE' in the figures too.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2007-05-03)
The mentioned inconcistensy only appears in the template that has been deprecated.


Closed issue Issue: PBM-2 by Peter Bergström (06-12-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 9 is not an Express-G diagram, it's an instance diagram. Should be changed.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2007-05-03)
The mentioned inconcistensy only appears in the template that has been deprecated.

messaging - issues
Capability (C014):— messaging Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:09
Revision: 1.23

Issue raised against: messaging

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: SMB-2 by Sean Barker (06-02-14) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

SEDS for use of select on Content item will require update to the capability.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-01-31)
This has been raised as SEDS #1135 roblem Description: The use of message always requires the use of the escape mechanism to reference items, whereas, in some cases an AP may wish to restrict the usage to particular entities. Suggest: The entity Content_item should be subtyped (oneof) to Content_item_selected and Content_item_reference Content_item would become an abstract type, and the current attributes migrated to Onservation_item_reference Content_item_selected would have a single attribute pointing to an extensible select. Additional Notes: An AP could chose to define the set of things an observation is restricted to by a rule allowing only the Content_item_select subtype and extending the associated select.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-01-31)
The model diagram in the template has been modified to show Content_item_selected. The EXPRESS needs to be modified and the SEDS addressed.

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-01-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability should describes how the message supports the exchange of DEX data. The "Other DEX level commitments" should be defined within the DEX
Comment: (Sean Barker 2004-03-08)
Revised Messaging now satisfies the requirement.


Closed issue Issue: PS-1 by Phil Spiby (04-03-26) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The acknowledgement attribute of envelope should follow the concepts specified in "Delivery Status Notification" for SMTP and X.400. We should not be creating new concepts here but using those developed over a number of years in the e-mail standards community.
Comment: (Sean Barker 2004-6-10)
Additional section added on semantics of Acknowledge.


Closed issue Issue: PS-2 by Phil Spiby (04-03-26) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The acknowledgement attribute of envelope should either be an enumeration or be specified by reference data.
Comment: (Sean Barker 2004-4-26)
Should be raised as issue against Envelope module, where categories should be an enumeration.


Closed issue Issue: PS-3 by Phil Spiby (04-03-26) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The mapping of the acknowledgement attribute of envelope should include the "contents corrupt" value also.
Comment: (Sean Barker 2004-4-26)
Issue raised against Envelope Module


Closed issue Issue: PS-4 by Phil Spiby (04-03-26) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In Figure 2 and the associated instance data the value for the Acknowledge attribute of instance #1 should be "Ask message arrival" not "Ack message arrival".
Comment: (Sean Barker 2004-4-26)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: PS-5 by Phil Spiby (04-03-26) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In figure 3 and the associated instance data the recipient of envelope #2 should be the sender of envelope #1, i.e. #8 not #14. As the instance set currently stands the recipient of the first envelope sends a message to himself saying that he recevied the first message!
Comment: (Sean Barker 2004-4-26)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: SMB-1 by Sean Barker (04-07-08) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Message should also classify against scheme and version.
Comment: (Sean Barker 2006-2-24)
Done

report_activity_progress - issues
Capability (C024):— report_activity_progress Date: 2004/01/08 11:28:41
Revision: 1.7

Issue raised against: report_activity_progress

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-01-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

This capability may be redundant as it may be covered by representing-work_order, representing_scheme, representing_task, which will all be brought together at the DEX level + relevant reference data.
representing_activity - issues
Capability (C032):— representing_activity Date: 2008/02/07 12:34:21
Revision: 1.50

Issue raised against: representing_activity

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: DNV-10 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The template assigning_activity only contains the entity applied_activity_assignment (classified) without other options (see characterization).

There is a general issue about separate templates for assignments, the usage of optional associations in the template versus creating bigger templates with explicit definitions of the content as well small templates referencing each other which needs to be considered.

Proposal: New template assigning_actual_activity (asg_act_act) containing the entities applied_activity_assignment (classified), activity_actual (identified), activity_method (identified, classified).


Open issue Issue: DNV-11 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Representing_activity has a mandatory reference to assigning_time. This is very restrictive and most likely not needed normally, if the source data doesn't contain data on start time then it will be impossible to populate. It should therefore be possible to exchange activity data without identifying date_time.

Proposal: Make time optional in all templates in Representing_activity (assigning_activity, representing_typical_activity, representing_planned_activity, representing_product_usage, representing_activity_actual, assigning_work_output, ...).

Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-05-24)
Do you have the date in your source data, or in the source system? If so, I think you just set the hour to "12" or "0" or what you like, and it works fine with assigning_time. But if you don't even have the date, I think we have a problem. To me, its a minimum requirement when reporting activities to say what date it was. I'm very hesitant at making asg_time optional, because I think it almost makes the template unnecessary... What do other projects think? Should all dates and time be optional for all activities (even planned and actual)?


Open issue Issue: DNV-13 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The template assigning_activity only contains the entity applied_activity_assignment (classified) without other options (see characterization).

There is a general issue about separate templates for assignments, the usage of optional associations in the template versus creating bigger templates with explicit definitions of the content as well small templates referencing each other which needs to be considered.

Proposal: New Template assigning_activity_method (asg_act_meth) or extension of the existing assigning_activity (asg_act) containing the applied_activity_assignment (classified), activity (classified), activity_method (identified, classified).

Note: differs from the DVN-10 in use of entity activity_actual vs. activity.


Open issue Issue: RBN-16 by Rob Bodington (07-08-09) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Moved templates assigning_activity_method assigning_actual_activity to NDLO/templates

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: 1-TJT by Tim Turner (06-01-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

EXPRESS allows subtypes to participate in relationships defined on a supertype. It is not clear if any other subtypes of Activity_method (e.g. task_method, scheme_entry etc.,) are allowed to play the role of a "Typical Activity" as described within Figure 3. If not, should a statement be added to make this unambiguous.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-21)
This has been clarified in the text.


Closed issue Issue: 2-TJT by Tim Turner (06-01-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Regarding the issue on activity_method_realization - which is mentioned in this capability, but not brought into the usage section, the comment that this is part of scheme and task seems a little odd. Given that the relationship is providing a "realization of" a "typical activity" I would have expected the relationship to be present in C032 to provide the link to what realizes it (whether task or scheme). It would seem logical that the activity_method (as a "typical activity") maybe realized by a task_method_version, whereas it seems less logical for a Scheme_entry (item of work) to be realized directly by a task_method_version - as this misses the corresponding activity between the two. It would also seem counter-intuitive to declare that a task_method (as a subtype of activity_method) be realized by a scheme or scheme_version, as this should be the other way around in my opinion.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-21)
The activity_method_realization is not brought into the capability as that would bring in Task etc which are deliberately out of the scope of this capability. The intent is to provide the minimum required to represent activity. The text has been reworded.


Closed issue Issue: 3-TJT by Tim Turner (06-01-16) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The second sentence below Figure 3 in C032 - Representing_activity is ambiguous and needs clarification. The sentence is repeated below. "If the typical activity is described by a Task_method, or scheduled by a Scheme, then it is related to the Activity_method by an Activity_method_realization." Given that the "typical activity" is an activity_method, it is ambiguous as to what is refered to by "ït" in the sentence above - particularly when an activity_method could be one of several subtypes.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-21)
The text has been reworded


Closed issue Issue: 4-TJT by Tim Turner (06-03-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

There is a definition which describes Activity_method as a representation of a "Typical Activity". However, to make this unambiguous, there should be a similar definition for an 'Atypical Activity' - that is, one which is not typical, an out of the ordinary.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-23)
The typical activity is used to provide a specification of the activity that could take place. If the activity can be described, then it is typical.


Closed issue Issue: 1 by annmeads (04-03-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Activity_method_realization is not in usage.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-03-27)
activity_method_realization is part of scheme and task capability. So excluded from the usage
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-21)
See 2-TJT


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Norwegian pilot (04-03-26) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Text Figure 1 and 2: "Usage as Activity". What do you mean by "usage"? Usage versus life?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-03-26)
Changed the figure title to "Application of planned and actual activities to products."


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Norwegian pilot (04-03-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 3 - Should indicate what belongs to C032
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-04-27)
Addressed as suggested.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Norwegian pilot (04-03-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 3 - Entity "activity_method_relationship" is listed in the entity list in Usage section but not illustrated in Figure 3
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-03-27)
Added to diagram,


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Norwegian pilot (04-03-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 3 - Entity "activity_method_realization" and "activity_property" is part of Figure 3 but not listed in the Usage section.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-03-27)
activity_method_realization is part of scheme and task capability. So excluded from the usage and marked as such in the diagram


Closed issue Issue: RBN-5 by Norwegian pilot (04-03-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 3 - "date_or_date_time_assignment" should be indicated as a capability not an entity.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-03-27)
Marked as capability


Closed issue Issue: RBN-6 by Norwegian pilot (04-04-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Characterization of activities Figure 8 Define upper part as separate capability? Refer to applied caps or indicate what belongs to other caps
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-04-27)
Addressed


Closed issue Issue: RBN-7 by Norwegian pilot (04-04-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Related capabilities Add the capability number? Illustrate on figures where these capabilities are applied.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-04-27)
Capability number added. Figures updated.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-8 by Norwegian pilot (04-04-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Dependent capabilities Add the capability number? Illustrate on figures where these capabilities are applied.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-04-27)
Capability number added. Figures updated.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-9 by Norwegian pilot (04-04-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Are resources related to C032?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-05)
Yes. However, rather than include them in the capability, I have provided a description in the business DEX overview and pointed out to the resource capability.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-10 by Norwegian pilot (04-04-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Are following entities part of C032? Activity_relationship Activity_status Activity_method_relationship They are all shown on the EXPRESS-G illustration (except for the "activity_method_relationship") in Figure 3, taken from the activity model, but is not part of the following documentation.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-04)
Added sections describing the use of these. Note - that Activity_status is only included for backwards compatibility with the PDM Schema. State should be used instead.


Closed issue Issue: SMB-1 by Sean Barker (04-06-22) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The concept of INPUT and OUTPUT as classifications of Applied_activity_method_assignment is not clear. In particular, how does it relate to TASK and things specified via TASK and to WORK_OUTPUT. For example, if a TASK is specified as "replace oil filter", this will be included in the task description as a required resource. Does in need to also be specified as an ACTIVITY Input?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-03-09)
The approach documented in this capability is based on the recommendations in the PDM schema usage guide. Harmonization between the PDM schema approach and WORK_OUTPUT are required. This needs to be done in a manner that is backwardly compatible with the PDM Schema. Furthermore, this issue can only be resolved once the representing task capabilities are completed and updated to reflect the IS version of the model.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-27)
The approach has been clarified.


Closed issue Issue: SMB-2 by Sean Barker (04-06-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The treatment of Applied_activity_assignment is inadequate, particularly as this is used to specifiy and record usage though Work_output.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-03-09)
See SMB-1


Closed issue Issue: SMB-3 by Sean Barker (04-06-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The treatment of Applied_activity__method_assignment is inadequate, particularly as this is used to specify and record usage though Work_output.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-03-09)
See SMB-1


Closed issue Issue: RBN-12 by Rob Bodington (04-09-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The following reference_data classes have changed:

Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-04)
Modified text and diagram


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Describes three types of activity. Should this include event?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-27)
A note has been added to explain that events are to treated as actual activities


Closed issue Issue: NN-2 by Nigel Newling (05-11-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Should "racing" External_class and "typical" External_class be related through Subset entity?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-23)
That would be represented in the reference data itself.Alternatively business reference data could be used.


Closed issue Issue: NN-3 by Nigel Newling (05-11-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In Figures 5 and 6 Activity and Activity_actual do not appear to be related to Activity_method.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-23)
Redrawn the figures


Closed issue Issue: NN-4 by Nigel Newling (05-11-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Include Date_actual_end in reference data.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-23)
Added


Closed issue Issue: RBN-13 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The following templates should be added to the capability: TEMPLATE: assigning_activity
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-27)
Added template


Closed issue Issue: RBN-14 by Rob Bodington (06-01-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 11 An EXPRESS-G representation of the Information model for assigning_activity shows applied_activity_assignment - it should be Applied_activity_assignment It also shows Activity - this should be marked as not being part of the template
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-27)
Modified


Closed issue Issue: MAN-1 by Mats Nilsson (06-03-09) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The example in the resources section of the business overview for changing a wheel on a car, could have the list of resources expanded with a spare wheel and a person skilled for changing a wheel.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-21)
Reworded the example and included a skilled person as a required resource.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-15 by Rob Bodington (07-02-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The example given in Figure 10 "Recording of product as realized properties resulting from an activity" should reflect the text "EXAMPLE During the activity "Racing" the top speed was 50 KPH." and should use the assigning_justification template
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-02-19)
Updated

representing_assembly_structure - issues
Capability (C003):— representing_assembly_structure Date: 2010/08/26 07:31:30
Revision: 1.30

Issue raised against: representing_assembly_structure

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (05-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Version 1.10 of this capability contains material developed for the example Dex and introduces tables of contraints, rules and sections which will be moved to the business DEXs area. This capability needs to be reset to the previous version to effect this.
Comment: (Tim Turner 19th Apr 2005)
Capability 1.10 was updated with the content from version 1.9


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-03-22) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability does not describe "attachment slots" at all.
Comment: (Tim Turner Oct 18th 2004)
Attachment slots are briefly discussed and brought in as a dependant capability. They are described fully in the capability representing_slots.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (04-03-22) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The attribute descriptions are in the main body of the text - they should be in the usage section.
Comment: (Tim Turner Oct 18th 2004)
All descriptions have been removed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (04-03-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Should this capability be combined with representing_product_configuration?
Comment: (Tim Turner Oct 18th 2004)
Product configuration was originally part of this capability. However, this concept was determined to be worthy of it's own capability. It was subsequently removed during an effort to update the contents. I presume that the reasoning behind having separate capabilities still stands. My feeling is that if it isn't broken then it does not require fixing.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (05-02-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The section describing "Version History Relationships" should not be included in this capability. It should be part of the "representing_parts" capability. The product_version_relationship should be treated in the same way as in representing product as individual, and use the same classification. I propose: Derived_version_relationship Sequential_version_relationship Hierarchical_version_relationship as defined in the PDM Schema usage guide.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-04-13)
Section moved to representing_part.

representing_condition - issues
Capability (C026):— representing_condition Date: 2010/11/28 21:16:39
Revision: 1.17

Issue raised against: representing_condition

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (06-04-15) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The state of this capability is in question. Most of the reference data previously defined for use with the logical expressions defined within has been removed, which makes the the use of both the logical expressions and the reference data questionable. Similarly, the issue raised in RBN-1 against representing_condition_evaluated implies that the logic used is also suspect in this capability and should be regarded as a major technical issue against the capability - with greater detail about the inadequacies.


Open issue Issue: THX-1 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-13) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

I find the text in the figure graphics hard to read, that is, the names of entities that are instantiated. Figure 2 is the least legible. Is there a way to make it bigger or a better font?


Open issue Issue: THX-3 by Tom Hendrix (04-08-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Need an example that shows the instance diagram for a two level nested condition, one logical, one numeric conparison, such as (temp > 20 ) AND (alt > 5000 ft). Ref RBN-1. Should make it clear how to generalize to n levels. Or should say there are only two levels possible. NOTE I looked at C026 but cant decipher the figure 2. From the model, it looks like a condition_parameter must be a Condition_relationship, thsu two more conditions. Then at some point you get to the bottom

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (06-04-15) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

This capability needs a template to allow the assignment of a condition to an item and a related instance of condition_parameter to be assigned a parameter item.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2007-05-02)
Added template assigning_condition.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-3 by Tim Turner (06-04-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

This capability needs reference data for the condition, the condition_assignment, and the condition_parameter.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2007-05-02)
Yes, and so is the case !


Closed issue Issue: TJT-4 by Tim Turner (06-04-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

This capability needs to reference the use of a document to capture condition statements, and associated reference data.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2007-05-02)
There might be additional characterizations that include the assignment of documents. Raised an issue GYL-1 against the AP239 long form.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-5 by Tim Turner (06-04-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

It is not clear where the actual condition text/reasons are to be recorded - either in the justification.description attribute, or through the use of assigning_descriptors..
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2007-05-02)
This is described in the templates assigning_condition and assigning_condition_text_based respectively.


Closed issue Issue: THX-2 by Tom Hendrix (04-08-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 2 I believe shows a condition_parameter that has an Assigned_property as parameter. This is not possible because in the model only Condition_relationship can be a parameter.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2007-05-02)

The Condition module only defines that the condition_parameter_item SELECT contains the Condition_relationship ENTITY. However, the AP239 long form includes the following:

TYPE condition_parameter_item = SELECT (Activity, Activity_method, Activity_property, Activity_property_representation, Approval, Approval_assignment, Assigned_property, Calendar_date, Certification_assignment, Classification_assignment, Condition_relationship, Contract_assignment, Date_or_date_time_assignment, Date_time, Document_assignment, Hierarchical_interface_connection, Identification_assignment, Independent_property_representation, Interface_connection, Interface_connector_occurrence, Interface_definition_connection, Managed_resource, Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment, Product , Product_as_individual, Product_category_assignment, Product_concept, Product_definition_element_relationship, Product_version, Product_view_definition, Property_representation, Representation, Required_resource, Resource_as_realized, Resource_as_realized_relationship, Resource_event, Resource_property, Resource_property_representation, State, State_definition, View_definition_relationship); END_TYPE; (* declared in: Condition_arm *)


representing_contract - issues
Capability (C083):— representing_contract Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:10
Revision: 1.19

Issue raised against: representing_contract

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (06-06-28) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

At the time of writing the template "assigning_document" was not complete - hence the template representing_contract may change.

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (06-03-08) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add entities required in the EXPRESS usage section. Cannot be used to generate schema without.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (06-03-08) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Business overview and information model overview missing. Figure 1 missing.
Comment: (Mike Ward 2006-06-12)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add TEMPLATE: assigning_contract
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 2006-01-20)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (06-01-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The parameters: "org_id" "org_id_class_name" "org_id_ecl_id" should be "cnt_org_id" "cnt_org_id_class_name" "cnt_org_id_ecl_id"
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 2006-02-08)
Fixed.

representing_condition_evaluated - issues
Capability (C048):— representing_condition_evaluated Date: 2012/05/23 17:48:01
Revision: 1.31

Issue raised against: representing_condition_evaluated

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (06-04-15) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The state of this capability is in question. Most of the reference data previously defined for use with the logical expressions defined within has been removed, which makes the the use of both the logical expressions and the reference data questionable. Similarly, the issue raised in RBN-1 implies that the logic used is also suspect in this capability and should be regarded as a major technical issue against the capability - with greater detail about the inadequacies.


Open issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (06-04-15) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

This capability needs a template to allow the assignment of a condition_evaluation to an item, to relate it to a condition and to allow a related instance of condition_evaluation_parameter to be assigned a parameter item.


Open issue Issue: TJT-3 by Tim Turner (06-04-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

This capability needs reference data for the condition_evaluation, the condition_evaluation_assignment, and the condition_evaluation_parameter.


Open issue Issue: TJT-4 by Tim Turner (06-04-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

This capability needs to reference the use of a document to capture condition_evaluation statements, and associated reference data.


Open issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (03-11-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

I am not sure that the logical expressions will work.

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: MRI-1 by Tom Hendrix (04-08-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Raise section Evaluated condition characterization to top level. Rename "Characterization"
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-03-08)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: MRI-2 by Tom Hendrix (04-08-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Create somewhere subsection called Identification.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-03-08)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: MRI-3 by Tom Hendrix (04-08-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In section Representing an evaluated condition, the result is either true or false (or unknown?). No need to distinguish the types. I dont mind the two Figures 2, 3, especially since the ines in representing_condition are unreadible. But the text should just say that conditions and parameters are described in the related dex, and then talk about relating the evaluation to the condition parameter(s).


Closed issue Issue: MRI-4 by Tom Hendrix (04-08-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 3 caption should say Example of evaluation of a comparison expression
Comment: (Mike Ward 2005-02-12)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: MRI-5 by Tom Hendrix (04-08-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 2 caption should say Example of evaluation of a text based expression.
Comment: (Mike Ward 2005-02-12)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: MRI-6 by Tom Hendrix (04-08-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Reference data that describes a condition should be left to the related capability representing_condition. In this capability just have evaluation reference data.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-03-08)
Corrected

representing_documents - issues
Capability (C005):— representing_documents Date: 2010/11/19 15:15:37
Revision: 1.25

Issue raised against: representing_documents

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: SMB-1 by Sean Barker (2004-09-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The capability mentions indirectly Partial_document_assignment, but does not provide any further information. Details of Partial_document_assignment should either be provided within the capability, or referenced as part of Referencing_document. (A matching issue has been raised against Referencing_document.)


Open issue Issue: DNV-15 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

OASIS referencing_documents (C037) is going to be deleted. Representing_documents (C005/rep_doc) includes much more than actually needed. Therefore a new template should be created in C005 to represent document when referenced.

Proposal: NEW template represent_document_without_view (rep_doc_w_out_view), containing Document and Document_version with identifiers on both and optional classification on Document without document_assignment.

Naming consideration: Is it possible to name the template referencing_document_version (ref_doc_vers) instead of rep_doc_w_out_view?


Open issue Issue: DNV-16 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

It should be possible to identify a type of document by classification.

Proposal: Add optional classification to Document for all templates related to representing_document.


Open issue Issue: DNV-17 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

It should be possible to assign a document, independent of its views, to product and support data.

Proposal: NEW template assigning_referenced_document (asg_ref_doc), containing Document and Document_version with identifiers on both and optional classification on Document + Document_assignment with classification.

Note: differs from DVN-15 because of document_assignment.


Open issue Issue: DNV-26 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

It is necessary to reference parts of a document content, e.g. chapter, section, table, figure, page number etc. Entity Partial_document_assignment is missing from OASIS C005.

Proposal part1: The entity Partial_document_assignment must be added to C005 or in a new capability.

Proposal part2: NEW template Assigning_partial_document (asg_partial_doc), consisting of Partial_document_assignment with classification + Document and Document_version with identifiers on both and optional classification on Document (ref to new template DNV-15).

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-07-29) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

There should be some description about how to represent document properties.
Comment: (Tim Turner on behalf of UK MoD TES/ILS and Eng Pol under UK_Defence Development Programme. Dec 15 2006)
Document properties are handled by the assigning_document_properties capability and is refered to within the section document properties.


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In Figures 6 and 7, should Class be used? Use External_class and Subset if not standardized but business specific reference data.
Comment: (Tim Turner on behalf of UK MoD TES/ILS and Eng Pol under UK_Defence Development Programme. Dec 15 2006)
Diagrams were drawn prior to decision to use External_class. Will be removed/updated.


Closed issue Issue: NN-2 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

How are logical sections of documents i.e. chapters represented?
Comment: (Tim Turner on behalf of UK MoD TES/ILS and Eng Pol under UK_Defence Development Programme. Dec 15 2006)
They can be represented as a number of document_definitions which are defined against a particular document_version according to the chapters/sections required for the document. Each definition has an .id (labeled through reference data) which is used to provide the section/chapter number. Sequential sections/chapters can be represented through the document_definition_relationship mechanism (ref data in this case would be "sequential". For the case where a chapter needs to be broken down into separate sub-sections, or perhaps by pages, "decomposition" should be used. This can be used to provide the logical structure of a document. The name of each section/chapter can also be (optionally) provided through reference data, plus any additional context information as additional text. In addition, each definition may be represented as individual files (digital files if using digital documents, else hardcopy components of physical_documents). If the different chapters/section/pages etc.. are defined in separate files, then a single document_definition can be used but with many component files. The different sections can then be related through the use of the file_relationship entity using the "sequential" or "decomposition" reference data as required.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (06-06-28) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Template assigning_document: The reference parameters would be better named doc not descr The path, and figures are missing
Comment: (Tim Turner on behalf of UK MoD TES/ILS and Eng Pol under UK_Defence Development Programme. Dec 15 2006)
Template parameters have now been updated. Figures and path added.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (07-08-09) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Moved template assigning_partial_document assigning_referenced_document representing_document_without_view to NDLO templates
representing_environment_typical - issues
Capability (C043):— representing_environment_typical Date: 2007/07/11 16:32:00
Revision: 1.24

Issue raised against: representing_environment_typical

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: GYL-7 by Leif Gyllstrom (2005-11-09) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

In the examples given the State_definition representing the state is classified as State_of_environment. This is missleading since the State_definition is not defining the state of the environment but the environment itself. If Environment_typical would have been a subclass od State_definition in the ARM it would probably have been namned Environment_typical. Therefore I would suggest to create a subclass to State_definition in the RDL named "Environment_typical"

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: GYL-1 by Leif Gyllstrom (2004-03-06) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Issue against the introduction if both the Indroduction and Content sections. The capability should not be restricted to be used only to describe a typical environment in which a product_as_realized operates. This is just an example of usage of this module. The Capability "Referencing_product_as_realized" should not be included in the dependent capability list. Requires changes to the text, e.g. last sentences under section "Representing environment typical" and a to couple other places where product_as_realized is refered to.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-07)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-2 by Leif Gyllstrom (2004-03-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The "Representing_environment_actual" should not be incuded as a dependent capability.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-07)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-3 by Leif Gyllstrom (2004-03-06) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 2. Both State_definition and Applied_state_definition_assignment should not classified as "Environment". Suggestion, change the classification of the assignment entity to e.g. "valid_environment" (also see example within the "representing_analysis_result" capability).
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-07)
Corrected classifications. State_definition classified as "State_of_environment" Applied_state_definition_assignment classified as "Operating_environment"


Closed issue Issue: GYL-4 by Leif Gyllstrom (2004-03-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Change the usage of the "Representing_person_organization" capability to "Referencing_person_organization".
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-07)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-5 by Leif Gyllstrom (2004-03-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add the usage of the "Assigning_product_properties" capability.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-07)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: GYL-6 by Leif Gyllstrom (2004-03-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Should the state_definition module really be part of the usage section since it's being brought in by the representing_state_type capability ?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-07)
The capability is no longer dependent on representing_state_type capability As all that is required from the state_definition module is state_definition. It makes no sense to typical environments. Any environment can follow on from any other environment.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-09-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The class "created" has been changed to "Date_created". The diagram needs to change
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-29)
Changed

representing_evolution_of_property_values - issues
Capability (C056):— representing_evolution_of_property_values Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:10
Revision: 1.23

Issue raised against: representing_evolution_of_property_values

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: PBM-1 by Peter Bergstrom (2006-04-28) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Templates for the following capabilities must be harmonized:
C076: assigning_product_properties
C077: assigning_process_properties
C078: assigning_resource_properties
C080: representing_properties_textually
C079: representing_properties_numerically
C084: representing_property_value_ranges
C056: representing_evolution_of_property_values.
If possible, the document property capability C087: assigning_document_properties should also be harmonized with other properties.
In order to minimize the number of total templates for properties, the following structures of templates has been proposed:
1. assignment of the property (product, process, or resource)
2. association of a representation with an assigned property (i.e. associate a text property with a product property)
3. representation of a value (text, numerical, or a numerical range)
Number 1 and 2 above would exist in three different 'flavours', for products, processes (activities) and resources. Number 3 would be generic, and applicable to all.
If the current division of properties would be used, as in the capability C079: representing_properties_numerically where number 2 and 3 above are collapsed in one template, we would need agreat number of templates to represent all different types of numerical ranges in C084: representing_property_value_ranges, and we would not re-use the value representations at all.
See templates in capability C080: representing_properties_textually for an example of the propsed solution.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-06-08)
This harmonization has been carried out.

representing_justification - issues
Capability (C058):— representing_justification Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:10
Revision: 1.24

Issue raised against: representing_justification

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (06-04-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

This capability needs reference data for the justification, the justification_assignment, and the justification_support_assignment, and justification_relationships..


Open issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Reference data section with example classes required.

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (06-04-15) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

This capability needs a template to allow the assignment of a justification to an item and a related instance of justification_support_assignment to be assigned a support item.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-02-02)
Two templates have been created: assigning_justification, and assigning_justification_support_item.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-3 by Tim Turner (06-04-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

This capability needs to reference the use of a document to capture justification statements, and associated reference data.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-02-02)

Simple textual descriptions of the justification has been added through template assigning_descriptor. Further supportive information could be assigned to a justification through justification_support_item, which may relate a document in a specific role to the justification.

See also AP239 issues, issue RBN-5 2007-02-01.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-4 by Tim Turner (06-04-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

It is not clear where the actual justification text/reasons are to be recorded - either in the justification.description attribute, or through the use of assigning_descriptors..
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-02-02)

Simple textual descriptions of the justification has been added through template assigning_descriptor. Further supportive information could be assigned to a justification through justification_support_item, which may relate a document in a specific role to the justification.

See also AP239 issues, issue RBN-5 2007-02-01.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-03-13) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

I think that we should be able to assign a document to a justification. This should be raised as an issues against AP239.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-29)
The document providing the reason for the justification should be assigned through justification_support_item, rather than using document assignment


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (04-09-29) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The Class "Created" is now "Date_created"
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-29)
Changed

representing_life_cycle_opportunity - issues
Capability (C020):— representing_life_cycle_opportunity Date: 2007/07/11 16:32:00
Revision: 1.18

Issue raised against: representing_life_cycle_opportunity

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: TJT-1 by Nigel Newling (06-01-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The capability does not provide guidance on whether the subtypes of Activity (e.g. Directed_activity) are also permitted to be used to represent a life cycle opportunity, or if they are explicitly not to be used. The EXPRESS model permits it - thus creating ambiguity of a valid representation.


Open issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

In lifecycle planning section, what are the reference data discussed?


Open issue Issue: NN-2 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

In assigning date time section, reference data should map to standard reference data, Date_planned_start and Date_planned_end etc.


Open issue Issue: NN-3 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Provide example reference data for person and organizations authorising the life cycle opportunity and the status of the activity in text not just in the diagrams.


Open issue Issue: NN-4 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Requires a reference data section.


Open issue Issue: NN-5 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The EXPRESS-G suggests only Activity and Applied_activity_assignment belong to this capability but the usage section also includes Activity_status and Activity_relationship. Remove Activity_status to be consistent with assigning_reference_data and using classification instead of the more specific entity. Consider the need for Activity_relationship.
representing_location - issues
Capability (C027):— representing_location Date: 2005/08/15 08:20:35 :
Revision: 1.28

Issue raised against: representing_location

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-06-24) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

I think that you should include the Location_assignment in this capability. After all, you need to use the location in conjunction with something.


Open issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (05-06-24) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

I think that we need to clarify when to use address-assignment and when to use location_assignment when representing the address of an organization. I propose that we only use location_assignment


Open issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (05-06-24) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

I would have expected reference data to have been developed for this capability. For example, country codes.


Open issue Issue: RBN-12 by Rob Bodington (05-09-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The capability representing_location should be merged with representing_product_location. The capability should have a template for assigning each of the different types of location. E.g. assigning_address_location, assigning_organization_location etc.


Open issue Issue: NSW-1 by Nigel Shaw (05-11-01) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The instruction to remove the Organzation entity is incorrect. It is required by the ENTITY Organization_based_location_representation.


Open issue Issue: RBN-13 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Add TEMPLATE: assigning_location which contains ENtities Location Location_assignment With location being classified and identified You would need to explain in the template that the representation for the location is in effect optional. And then the set of representing location templates for the sub types of Location_representation


Open issue Issue: PBM-1 by Peter Bergstrom (2006-02-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Template Assigning_organization_location has a number of in-parameters that belongs to optional assigning_calendar_date templates. This makes it necessary to give dates when using the template.The in-parameters should be removed, and assignment of dates should be covered in the characterization section of the template.


Open issue Issue: PBM-2 by Peter Bergstrom (2006-02-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Definitions of several in-parameters in template Assigning_organization_location are incorrect or insufficient:
loc_id_class_name: Propose: 'The name of the class used to classify the location identifier and so provide the role or reason for the identification', or even better: 'The name of the class used to classify the location identifier and so provide the type of identifier used',
org_name: Propose: 'Name or id of the organization in which the location identifier is meaningful.'
org_class_name: Propose: 'The name of the class used to classify the identifier of the organization and so provide the type of identifier used',
org_name_ecl_id: Definition incorrect (refers to start date).
loc_val: propose 'The location value (location identifier) being assigned.'
loc_id_type_acl_id: Definition incorrect (refers to start date).


Open issue Issue: RBN-14 by Rob Bodington (06-02-13) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The path in the template assigning_location is incorrect. It will result in two location entities being instantiated. Furthermore, it does not assign anything, i.e. the entity_for_location attribute is not assigned. It should be: Location -- Mark the Location entity as -- referable when this template is used by binding it to the reference -- parameter location %^location = Location% Location.description = '/IGNORE' Location.name = '/IGNORE' -- assign an identifier and classify it with input params' /assigning_identification_with_no_organization(items=^location, id=@loc_id, id_class_name=@loc_id_class_name, id_ecl_id=@loc_id_ecl_id)/ Location_assignment -- Mark the location_assignment entity as -- referable when this template is used by binding it to the reference -- parameter id_assgn %^locn_asst = Location_assignment% Location_assignment.description = '/IGNORE' Location_assignment.role = '/IGNORE' Location_assignment.location_for_assignment -> ^location Location_assignment.entity_for_location -> @entity_for_location -- provide the role of the identification by classifying the location_assignment /assigning_reference_data(items=^locn_asst, class_name=@la_class_name, ecl_id=@la_ecl_id)/


Open issue Issue: RBN-15 by Rob Bodington (06-02-13) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The entity in Location shown in the EXPRESS-G diagram "Figure 5.1 Template Configuration for Assigning Location" is incorrect - the attribute alternative_location_representations is missing - this would be helpful in understanding the template assigning_organization_location


Open issue Issue: RBN-16 by Rob Bodington (06-06-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

A number of the templates are incomplete. they are missing the EXPRESS-G diagrams and instance diagrams. E,g, Template: representing_grid_location representing_address_location representing_product_location


Open issue Issue: DNV-31 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

A template is required to relate a product based location to its parent product.

Proposal: Add NEW template representing_product_based_location (rep_p_based_locn), containing Product_based_location_identification with one identifier and one classification.

The general issue about templates at entity granularity arises and it needs to be considered.


Open issue Issue: DNV-32 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Representing_location (C027) and assigning_location (C049) are represented as two differenet capabilities.

Proposal: Consider integrating them into representing_location (C027) and use assigning_location as a template.

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: MWD-1 by Mike Ward (2004-10-20) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Need to add (and prune) person_organization module to usage.
Comment: (Mike Ward 2004-10-19)
Done


Closed issue Issue: RBN-17 by Rob Bodington (06-06-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The assigning_organization_location can be deprecated. It would be better to use assigning_location and representing_organizational_location. This allows a single location to have multiple representations. Note: the actual entities instantiated are the same, it is just the organization of templates that has changed
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-23)
The template has been deleted


Closed issue Issue: RBN-18 by Rob Bodington (07-08-09) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Moved template representing_product_location to NDLO/templates
representing_observation - issues
Capability (C025):— representing_observation Date: 2012/05/23 17:45:12
Revision: 1.2

Issue raised against: representing_observation

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (07-04-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Figure 2 and Figure 3 should show the use of Observation_item_selected


Open issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (07-04-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Information model overview section should contain a warning about the SEDS against the model
representing_parts - issues
Capability (C002):— representing_parts Date: 2010/08/26 07:31:57
Revision: 1.39

Issue raised against: representing_parts

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (05-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Version 1.19 of this capability contains material developed for the example Dex and introduces tables of contraints, rules and sections which will be moved to the business DEXs area. This capability needs to be reset to 1.17 version to effect this.
Comment: (Tim Turner 19th Apr 2005)
Capability 1.19 was updated with the content from version 1.17


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-01-14) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The introduction should clearly state that a part is a representation of the design of a part. It is not talking about any products_as_individuals.
Comment: (Tim Turner June 2004)
Accepted. Done.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (04-02-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Remove product category information and put it in a new capability.
Comment: (Tim Turner June 2004)
Discussed. Rejected. Category to remain.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-30)
The categorization of products should be done using reference data, not product_category. There is a ballot comment against AP239 to this affect.
Comment: (Tim Turner Oct 18th 2004)
Issue NO 23 was discussed and rejected.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (04-02-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability reads as if it is implementing the PDM Schema - it is not. The identification of the part should NOT use the PDM Schema approach. It should use the assigned identification as described in the assigning_identifiers capability.
Comment: (Tim Turner June 2004)
Accepted. Completely re-worded all relevant sections.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (04-02-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The pre and post processor information should be part of the usage section.
Comment: (Tim Turner June 2004)
Accepted. Processor info removed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (04-02-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability should describe the characterization of the part, version and definition. E.g. the designer of the part, the date it was designed. It should also describe the versioning of parts
Comment: (Tim Turner June 2004)
Accepted. Done.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-6 by Rob Bodington (04-03-12) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability should include the view_definition_context entity
Comment: (Tim Turner June 2004)
Accepted. Done.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-8 by Rob Bodington (04-09-30) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

An approval can assigned to a part. This should be described in the capability
Comment: (Tim Turner Oct 18th 2004)
There are many things that can be assigned to a part. However, these are not part of the representation of the part itself. This should instead be handled by the capability Assigning_approvals. Such aspects were removed from the early incarnations of this model.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-9 by Rob Bodington (05-01-13) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability should emphasize that product_category is only used to distinguish between the different subtypes of Product defined in AP239. and that the value of product_category should be 'part' in this capability. More specific types of products, such as Oil filter as a type of Part should be specified by means of Classification_assignment, thus allowing the use of a class library via External_class. The External_class is "part_category" for which there are sub classes specifying "Oil filters" etc. Given the use of an external class library for the representation of product categorization, there is no role for the product_category_hierarchy entity and it should be removed from the capability.
Comment: (Tim Turner Dec 13th 2006)
Comment: (Tim Turner Dec 13th 2006) A where rule in the EXPRESS requires the use of product_cateogry. This was intended both for part categorisation and assembly/detail information. The latter is useful within exchange sceanrios when a complete assembly/decomposition view of the product is not available - just the part. Resolution: The value of product_category.name attribute shall be 'part' (Note: lowercase is mandatory). The base reference data for instances of Part using External_class shall be "part_category" for which sub classes can specify different types of parts. In order to infer whether the part is itself decomposable, or a component within a larger assembly, we either need to split the base reference data "part_category" into "part_assembly_category" and "part_detail_category", so that all classifications shall fall into one or other categories; Or, alternatively, we can recommend a second, additional classification which provides the same level of information but is separate from the sub-classification hierarchy. I favour the use of a second, independant classification. This allows us to deprecate the use of product_category_hierarchy entity By default, I recommend that every Part is inferred to be a detailed, individual part that is not part of any defined assembly structure or defined decomposable structure. Where this is not the case, and in addition to the mandatory instance of product_category ('part'), the product_category should be classified using External_class - which shall be set to "assembly".
Comment: (Tim Turner Aug 16th 2005)
Resolution: Correspondance:- -----Original Message----- From: Tim Turner Sent: 16 August 2005 15:35 To: DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Subject: Representing_parts C002 Issue RBN-9 (the last one for C002!) In the interest of visibility my response + comments to the issue are provided below; Issue: RBN-9 by Rob Bodington (05-01-13) minor_technical issue The capability should emphasize that product_category is only used to distinguish between the different subtypes of Product defined in AP239. and that the value of product_category should be 'part' in this capability. More specific types of products, such as Oil filter as a type of Part should be specified by means of Classification_assignment, thus allowing the use of a class library via External_class. The External_class is "part_category" for which there are sub classes specifying "Oil filters" etc. Given the use of an external class library for the representation of product categorization, there is no role for the product_category_hierarchy entity and it should be removed from the capability. Editor's Response: Product_category is required by the model for compatibility with the PDM schema. I have no problem in removing product_category_hierarchy from the model, nor using the External_class to represent "part_category" or sub classes thereof, provided I can ascertain the same level of information without them. I would like to point out (IMHO) that the accepted practice in the use of Product_category has been to; a) categorise an item to be a 'part' - which is covered by the discussion above, but b) to also indicate whether the part is an 'assembly' or a 'detail' (i.e. not having parts of it's own). The latter fact is established through an additional Product_category + related to the first through the product_category_hierarchy relationship. In order to achieve the same level of information, we either have to *assume* that this will be specified explicitly using an assembly structure, or we need to add a second classification to indicate this fact. We should like to know whether a part is actually an assembly itself, or a single piece part, without recourse to the full explicit representation of the assembly model (if present or provided). Else (IMHO) we have to create some guidance to state that a part is always to be regarded as a single piece-part (detail) unless there is an assembly model defined for it (in which case it ceases to be a single part). My point is that we may not always have the assembly model of a part. Comments? regards, Tim
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-03-28)
I have been editing the representing_parts capability, and made a lot of changes. Most of these are (I hope) not significant for what the capability specifies, but more in line with updating it with the development of DEXlib over the years – templates and so on. However, I did not include anything about a part being identified as an “assembly” or “detail”.
I have tried to catch up with previous discussions in this matter, and I think what I have done now boil down to the fact that if you see a part that is not a parent (through Next_assembly_usage), you treat it as “detail” until you find a Next_assembly_usage that relates to it as “relating”, and then you change your mind. I have asked the people I have contact with, and none of them see any need to know whether a Part is an assembly or a detail until you start building structures, and then it is obvious. And even if you don’t have the constituents of a Part that is really an assembly, what good does it make to you to know that somewhere else an assembly ought to exist for this part, but I don’t have it? Therefore, I kind of have avoided the entire discussion, and it seems to work.
I just wanted you to look at this specifically, since you (as far as I can see) is the one that have advocated the need for this categorization of parts the most. Is this categorization really something that we must have? What happens if we just ignore it, and assume that all parst are details until we find out the contrary? There is still an open issue regarding this, and I would like to close it, so if there is such a real need somewhere, I would like to understand that now by an example.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-04-13)
Closed due to no further information.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-10 by Rob Bodington (05-02-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The classes have changed in the reference data. Part_type_code is now Part_identification_code Version_code is now Version_identification_code Id_owner is now Owner_of The classes used in the capability should either be changed as above, or the reference data should be updated.
Comment: (Tim Turner Aug 16th 2005)
Resolution: Yes, the classes shall be changed accordingly. Correspondance:- -----Original Message----- From: Tim Turner Sent: 16 August 2005 13:22 To: DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Subject: Representing parts Issue RBN-10 In the interest of visibility My response + comments to the issue are provided below; Issue: RBN-10 by Rob Bodington (05-02-16) minor_technical issue The classes have changed in the reference data. Part_type_code is now Part_identification_code Version_code is now Version_identification_code Id_owner is now Owner_of The classes used in the capability should either be changed as above, or the reference data should be updated. Editor Response: I agree, the classes shall be changed accordingly. regards, Tim


Closed issue Issue: RBN-11 by Rob Bodington (05-02-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The relationship between different version should be described in this capability, not "representing_assembly_structure". The product_version_relationship should be treated in the same way as in representing product as individual, and use the same classification. I propose: Derived_version_relationship Sequential_version_relationship Hierarchical_version_relationship as defined in the PDM Schema usage guide.
Comment: (Tim Turner Aug 16th 2005)
Resolution: Correspondance:- -----Original Message----- From: Tim Turner Sent: 16 August 2005 16:42 To: DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Cc: Gordon Robb Subject: RE: [plcs-dex] Representing parts - Issue: RBN-11 Hi Gordon, are saying that version relationships (aka product_version_relationships) are not necessarily the only mechanism needed to distinguish between versions? I just want to acertain whether you are raising an issue against adding version relationships to this capability. cheers, Tim -----Original Message----- From: Gordon Robb Sent: 16 August 2005 10:08 To: 'rob.bodington@eurostep.com'; Gordon Robb; Tim Turner; 'DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail)' Subject: RE: [plcs-dex] Representing parts - Issue: RBN-11 Rob, Your 1st para requires a slight amendment "All I am saying is that we need to (and can) be able to represent/model the fact that a part version can be related to another part version. In other words I want to run a query on a database along the lines of I have Part XYZ at version 3, What are the other versions of part XYZ?" This then caters for the fact that common items for multiple customers are identified by a means of identifying the correct version for each customer. e.g. 75A450123-2001 - FAIRING = AV-8B CUM 1 thru 125 ; 75A450123-2003 - FAIRING = GR5 CUM 1 thru 23; 75A450123-2005 - FAIRING = SAV-8B CUM 1 THRU 14 75A450123-2007 - FAIRING = AV-8B CUM 126 thru 167 My query to the 'database would be "Find all versions of 75A450123................ The dash number in this case is the means of versioning the fairing. I cannot ever remember seeing any Version 1 or 2 or 3 on drawing sets associated with the Aero world It should be noted that the PLCS TD in which we are supposed to be adhering to states " product identifier" Definition A name or alphanumeric identifier, used to designate a part or assembly, of the same configuration, and to differentiate it from all other products. Note These identifiers may include a supplementary identifier used to distinguish one of several sequentially created configurations of a product from the previous configuration of the same product (i.e. revision or version). Gordon -----Original Message----- From: Rob Bodington [mailto:rob.bodington@eurostep.com] Sent: 16 August 2005 09:09 To: 'Gordon Robb'; 'Tim Turner'; 'DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail)' Subject: RE: [plcs-dex] Representing parts - Issue: RBN-11 Gordon All I am saying is that we need to (and can) be able to represent/model the fact that a part version is related to a previous part version. In other words I want to run a query on a database along the lines of I have Part XYZ at version 3, What was the previous version of part XYZ? It is common practice not to version parts, but to renumber them. Hence we need to (and can) be able to represent/model the fact that a part is derived from a previous part. This information does not necessa[Gordon Robb] B rily require assembly information. That's all. Regards Rob -----Original Message----- From: Gordon Robb [mailto:gor@lsc.co.uk] Sent: 16 August 2005 07:36 To: 'Rob.Bodington@eurostep.com'; Tim Turner; 'DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail)' Subject: RE: [plcs-dex] Representing parts - Issue: RBN-11 Rob, You have to be careful in your statement 'fact that a version of a part follows on the previous version' - there can be occasions were there is concurrently several versions of the part in production dependent on the customer base. Gordon -----Original Message----- From: Rob Bodington [mailto:rob.bodington@eurostep.com] Sent: 15 August 2005 16:16 To: 'Tim Turner'; 'DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail)' Subject: RE: [plcs-dex] Representing parts - Issue: RBN-11 I don't believe that there is an issue in using an entity in more than one capability. -----Original Message----- From: Tim Turner [mailto:tjt@lsc.co.uk] Sent: 15 August 2005 15:54 To: 'Rob.Bodington@eurostep.com'; Tim Turner; 'DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail)' Subject: RE: [plcs-dex] Representing parts - Issue: RBN-11 Fair enough. But is there an issue with using product_version_relationship within more than one capability like this? If this would be an issue, I'd propose to move the subtype as well to rep_parts, else, I'd just move the super type. regards, Tim -----Original Message----- From: Rob Bodington [mailto:rob.bodington@eurostep.com] Sent: 15 August 2005 04:25 To: 'Tim Turner'; 'DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail)' Subject: RE: [plcs-dex] Representing parts - Issue: RBN-11 My motivation for writing the comment was that I want to represent the fact that a version of a part follows on the previous version. Initially this has nothing to do with an assembly of parts - it is just about the part. Similarly if a Part is derived from another part, I want to relate the two. Again, this has nothing to do with an assembly. Hence my suggestion that these representations should be in the rep_part capability. Regards Rob -----Original Message----- From: Tim Turner [mailto:tjt@lsc.co.uk] Sent: 12 August 2005 18:35 To: DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Subject: [plcs-dex] Representing parts - Issue: RBN-11 In the interest of visibility My response + comments to the issue are provided below; RBN-11 by Rob Bodington (05-02-21) minor_technical issue The relationship between different version(s) should be described in this capability, not "representing_assembly_structure" (C003). The product_version_relationship should be treated in the same way as in representing product as individual, and use the same classification. I propose: Derived_version_relationship Sequential_version_relationship Hierarchical_version_relationship as defined in the PDM Schema usage guide. TJT Response: Relationships between parts, part versions and view_definitions are not currently described within Representing_parts. They are described within representing_assembly_structures as these relationships are used to define the assembly structures and how those structures might change if different versions of a part are used. However, it is possible to include product_version_relationship in this capability, but it would then exist in both. This is because supplied_part_relationship (a subtype) would + I believe should, stay within C003. Though I could be persauded. I agree with the use of the classification and the ref data derived from the PDM schema. Comments? regards, Tim
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-03-28)
This was already fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-12 by Rob Bodington (05-02-24) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The description of the view definition context should be harmonised with representing product as individual, and use the same classification approach.
Comment: (Tim Turner Aug 16th 2005)
Resolution: Yes, representing_parts will be harmonised with representing product as individual, and use the same classification approach. Correspondance:- -----Original Message----- From: Tim Turner Sent: 12 August 2005 12:57 To: DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Subject: Representing parts - Issue: RBN-12 In the interest of visibility My response + comments to the issue are provided below; Issue: RBN-12 by Rob Bodington (05-02-24) minor_technical issue Resolution: Accept. Status: open The description of the view definition context should be harmonised with representing product as individual, and use the same classification approach. TJT Response: I agree in principle. The impact is that view_definitions can only be processed on import with reference to traversing the sub/supertype hierarchy contained within the RDL. regards, Tim


Closed issue Issue: RBN-13 by Rob Bodington (05-07-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Should the part_version and Part view definition have an assigned id or should the id attribute be used?
Comment: (Tim Turner Aug 15th 2005)
Resolution:Yes, the part_version and Part view definition shall have an assigned id (and the relevant classification to go with it). Correspondance:- -----Original Message----- From: Tim Turner Sent: 15 August 2005 11:41 To: 'Per-Åke Ling'; Tim Turner Cc: DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Subject: RE: [plcs-dex] Representing parts Issue RBN-13 Per, thanks for your effort to describe this problem. The practice of dis-associating the attributes from entities in PLCS (such as .id) creates a challenge for us - especially when implementing these ideas. There are strengths and weaknesses with every approach. The example below that you sketch below indicates some ambiguity in deciphering the id of the part (since there is more than one) given a set of part_versions which all have the same org.id. The date/time stamp is of course optional. Normally (!) in an exchange file, the part_version will specify the part to which it is related (so your arrows might need to be reversed). Then the part attributes e.g. part.id can usually be determined. However, in PLCS these attributes are empty, replaced by identifiers assigned separately to the part. Your example shows two such identifiers "4711" and "ABC". The issue that this raises is how to determine which one is to be used and in which situations. The organization assigning the ids can distinguish at one level + the date/time of the assignment another. What I neglected to also point out is that the third aspect - the classification of the .id attribute also allows another level. These three aspects are meant to provide the unique identification (somebody correct me if I'm inaccurate here). Hence the classification can be used to differentiate between the ids. This solves the first problem. Likewise, the part_versions have their own .id + classification in addition to the org + poss. date. Lastly, there is also the view_definition (missing from your sketch) which is supposed to add the basis for each version specified, and has a context through which to define the domain and/or life-cycle stage (e.g., design, manufacturing). As the view_definitions also have a distinguishing id/clasifications and define a context, an implementation may code for these. Through the classifications of the ids, it is possible to navigate and expose the different views required. For example, for design we have: Identifier_code ... Version_identifier_code ... Part_type_code and we have one for assembly AssemblyVw_code ... Assembly_Vn_code ... Assembly_code (which I just made up to fit your example). However, it is the business rules or s/w dictate the application + association of the different classifications. This I think covers the other part of the problem. I have modified your sketch to show this. In the example I took the liberty to classify the second part.id as an assmebly_code + this refers to the same part as the previous one. Regards, Tim NB. C001 + C002 does explain this more consisely + fully than how I have done here perhaps. part (----------------------------+-- part_version (------------------------part_view_Definition ---) view_definition_context id: 4711 (--Part_type_code | id:v1 --Version_identifier_code id:v1 --Identifier_code domain:part design org: Cage#013 | org: Cage#013 org: Cage#013 lifecycle:design date: 2005-01-05 | date: 2005-01-07 date: 2005-01-07 +-- part_version (-----------------------part_view_Definition -----) view_definition_context id: ABC (--Assembly_code | id:v2 (--Version_identifier_code id:v1 (--Identifier_code domain:part design org: Cage#013 | org: Cage#013 org: Cage#013 lifecycle:design date: 2005-02-06 | date: 2005-03-03 date: 2005-03-03 +-- part_version (------------------------part_view_Definition -----) view_definition_context | id:v3 (--Version_identifier_code id:v1 (--Identifier_code domain:part design | org: Cage#013 org: Cage#013 lifecycle:design | date: 2005-04-02 date: 2005-04-02 +-- part_version (----------------------+-part_view_Definition ------) view_definition_context id:A2 (--Assembly_Vn_code | id:v1 (--Identifier_code domain:part design org: Cage#013 |___ org: Cage#013 lifecycle:design date: 2005-05-19 | date: 2005-04-28 id:v4 (--Version_identifier_code | org: Cage#013 | date: 2005-04-28 part_view_Definition ------------------) view_definition_context id:v1 (--AssemblyVw_code domain:part assembly org: Cage#013 lifecycle:design date: 2005-05-19 -----Original Message----- From: Per-Åke Ling [mailto:per-ake.ling@eurostep.com] Sent: 12 August 2005 16:43 To: Tim Turner Cc: DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Subject: Re: [plcs-dex] Representing parts Issue RBN-13 I disagree slightly (this also addresses another response from Thomas Hendrix). First of all, although the common case would be different organisations, it is fragile to establish matching between versions and parts based on org-id. Second, the date assignment is completely useless in this context since a part may be established before its versions (probably a common case). Consider: part ------------------------+---- part_version id: 4711 | id:v1 org: Cage#013 | org: Cage#013 date: 2005-01-05 | date: 2005-01-07 +---- part_version id: ABC | id: v2 org: Cage#013 | org: Cage#013 date: 2005-02-06 | date: 2005-03-03 +---- part_version | id: v3 | org: Cage#013 | date: 2005-04-02 +---- part_version id: A2 org: Cage#013 date: 2005-05-19 id: v4 org: Cage#013 date: 2005-04-28 Applying some heuristics, it would appear the A2 goes with ABC and the others (v1,v2,v3,v4) goes with 4711. However, this is founded on reasoning from the reader, and is not very amenable to codifying in rules. Note that all org-id match, and no dates match. But, based on pattern matching and the progression on dates, a reasonable guess can be produced. But, it is _only_ a guess! In real life this is not really rare, e.g. a company (same Cage-code) may produce parts which have several internal design ids as well as several visible external ids (spare parts, etc). In other areas PLCS does not trust pattern matching or heuristics (e.g. the progression of versions, which require explicit relationships), and it therefore seems odd to do it in this particular case. I still believe this is an oversight. Regards, Per-Åke Tim Turner wrote: There are other distinguishing features regarding the identification - your example simplifies it to just the id's. In fact we should have for each part, the following (where such tracking is required); part: ------------+---- part_version id: XYZ4711 orgn: SomeOrgn org_id: e.g CageCode date: 3-6-2005 | id: v1 + orgn, org_id, date | part_version +---- id: v2 + orgn, org_id, date | part_version +---- id: v3 + orgn, org_id, date With respect to other Part id's; they are either issued by the same OEM + therefore have a versioned history (i.e. relations between the versions), or they exist as multiple id's referring to the same part (e.g. re-badging a suppliers id by an assembly manufacturer. In the latter case the orgn, org_id, + date would be used to match the id's across from the part to the part_versions + vice-versa. Hence where necessary (e.g. in circumstances like you point out), we would need to refer to the full context of each identifier. This is not really an issue as far as I can see. Cheers, Tim -----Original Message----- From: Per-Åke Ling [mailto:per-ake.ling@eurostep.com] Sent: 12 August 2005 10:57 To: Tim Turner Cc: DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Subject: Re: [plcs-dex] Representing parts Issue RBN-13 There is a problem with the ids on part_version: Consider a part identified with XYZ4711, an three part_versions connected to it: v1, v2 and v3: part: ----------------------+---- part_version id: XYZ4711 | id: v1 | part_version +---- id: v2 | part_version +---- id: v3 However, in PLCS there is no way to relate the ids so we cannot establish which version id goes with which part id: Multiple ids: part: --------------------------- part_version id: XYZ4711 id: v1 id: ABC13 id: 1.0 id: 04517 id: A1 There is no way to show that the complete id is XYZ4711 v1, ABC13 A1, and 04517 1.0 as opposed to e.g. ABC13 v1. An obvious but annoying solution is to write the full id for the part, e.g. 'XYZ4711 v1', but it is not only redundant, it is also counterintuitive as the _part_ is XYZ411 and the _version_ is v1, not 'XYZ4711 v1'. Unfortunatey I cannot see a way around this. Regards, Per-Åke Ling Tim Turner wrote: In the interest of visibility My response + comments to the issue are provided below *Issue: RBN-13 by Rob Bodington (05-07-27) minor_technical issue* Should the part_version and Part view definition have an assigned id or should the id attribute be used? *TJT Response:* As version code identifiers for a part and their respective view definitions may also change over time we should use an assigned id. This will then be consistent with how we treat identifiers as described in C001. Any additional comments welcome. regards, Tim


Closed issue Issue: RBN-14 by Rob Bodington (05-07-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Should assigning_description be used to capture the parts description?
Comment: (Tim Turner Aug 16th 2005)
Resolution: Yes - however, this will be a new capability being edited by Leif Gilstrom. The description attribute shall be /IGNORED when description is provided by this new capability. Correspondance:- From: Tim Turner Sent: 12 August 2005 09:30 To: 'Gyllström Leif'; Nigel Newling Cc: DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Subject: RE: [plcs-dex] Representing parts Issue RBN-14 Leif, I assume, given your comment, that the 'assigning_descriptor' will not make 'assigning_observation' redundant. BTW is it to be called 'assigning_descriptor' or 'assigning_description', and do you have a capability number yet? regards, Tim -----Original Message----- From: Gyllström Leif [mailto:leif.gyllstrom@aerotechtelub.se] Sent: 12 August 2005 05:13 To: Nigel Newling; DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Subject: SV: [plcs-dex] Representing parts Issue RBN-14 Nigel Even though there mignt be a resemblance between the two I would still argue the requirement for defining two separate capabilities. The capability 'assigning_observation' adresses the area mainly described within the AP239 module 'Observation'. The capability 'assigning_descriptor' adresses the usage (or should I say the non-usage') of description attributes for any type of entity. I.E. The capability 'assigning_observation' should use the capability 'assigning_descriptor' for the assignment of descriptive text, rather than use the Observation.description attribute (which shall be /IGNORE'ed) Regards Leif -----Ursprungligt meddelande----- Från: Nigel Newling [mailto:nfn@lsc.co.uk] Skickat: den 12 augusti 2005 11:01 Till: Gyllström Leif; DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Ämne: RE: [plcs-dex] Representing parts Issue RBN-14 Leif, Before we set off creating an endless series of extra Capabilities, should we not check what has already been identified as required by specific DEXs. From your description of your proposed 'assigning_descriptor', I see a significant overlap with Capability (C025): assigning_observation, which was always intended to allow the attachment of freeform notes. Can we settle on one or the other? I am leery of allowing multiple descriptions of equal status. It has the potential to create trouble when using AP239 as an integration model. Best practice is to define one as master and make the others subordinate aliases, e.g. 'also known as.. '. Nigel -----Original Message----- From: Gyllström Leif [mailto:leif.gyllstrom@aerotechtelub.se] Sent: 12 August 2005 09:24 To: Tim Turner; DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Subject: SV: [plcs-dex] Representing parts Issue RBN-14 All As Agreed, I'm working on the capability 'assigning_descriptor', which among other things covers the assignment ocf descriptions, notes, comments etc Regards Leif -----Ursprungligt meddelande----- Från: Tim Turner [mailto:tjt@lsc.co.uk] Skickat: den 12 augusti 2005 02:08 Till: DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Ämne: [plcs-dex] Representing parts Issue RBN-14 In the interest of visibility My response + comments to the issue are provided below; Issue: RBN-14 by Rob Bodington (05-07-27) minor_technical issue Should assigning_description be used to capture the parts description? TJT Response: just as a name may change over time, so might the description. In addition, multiple descriptions of the same part may be applicable. I could not find a "assigning_description" capability or entity in Dexlib/PLCS anywhere. However, there is a skeletal representing_description capability (completely undeveloped) which suggests to use "document/version and document_assignment to represent descriptions that are assigned to items such as part." I assume that the suggestion is to document the description within the document to be referenced. However, this means that the description is not available to a processor until the document is opened and the contents extracted. A document (a subtype of product) also has it's own description attribute which would require another document to describe it. A document needs a document_version and document_definition which also have a description attribute, which makes for a potentially circular + ambiguous usage. This makes me feel uncomfortable recommending or accepting this route without clearer justification. In my mind that leaves 2 options; either assigning_identification or attribute_classification. 1. The description can be specified through C001 - assigning_identification where the identification_assignment.name carries the product description, and the corresponding external_class_library.class_name is set to "Description". However, this is not so elegant a solution. 2. The description could also be specified through attribute_classification where the attribute_classification.attribute_name carries the product description, and the corresponding attribute_classification.allowed_value, which can be an instance of external_class_library - whose .class_name attribute can be set to "Description", whilst the classified_entity (a classified_attribute_select type) has products (+ most other entities) in scope. Questions for consistency purposes: 1. Is the Organization specifying the description required to be identified (according to current C001 template, the Organization assigning the name is also required to be specified)? 2. Should attribute_classification also be used to represent the name (see issue RBN-15)? 3. Aside from this, if there are multiple names + descriptions assigned (thru some means), how should should we know which is the most relevant or intended for everday use? Is there a relationship between a name and a description which should be kept together somehow? regards, Tim Note: attribute_classification has been suggested for other uses in the past but has so far (to my knowledge) still not being advocated for use in PLCS (in general).


Closed issue Issue: RBN-15 by Rob Bodington (05-07-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Should assigning_identification be used to assign the name to a part?
Comment: (Tim Turner Aug 16th 2005)
Resolution: Yes, assigning_identification shall be used to assign the name to a part. Correspondance:- From: Gyllström Leif [mailto:leif.gyllstrom@aerotechtelub.se] Sent: 16 August 2005 12:22 To: Tim Turner; DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) Subject: SV: [plcs-dex] Representing_parts C002 Issue RBN-15 All I thought that we once and for all decided that ALL names should be assigned using Identification_assignment. Leif -----Ursprungligt meddelande----- : Tim Turner [mailto:tjt@lsc.co.uk] t: den 11 augusti 2005 21:37 Till: DEXS-PLCS-OASIS (E-mail) : [plcs-dex] Representing_parts C002 Issue RBN-15 In the interest of visibility My response + comments to the issue are provided below; Issue: RBN-15 by Rob Bodington (05-07-27) minor_technical issue Should assigning_identification be used to assign the name to a part? TJT Response: just as an identifier may change over time, so might the name. The name can be specified through C001 - assigning_identification where the identification_assignment.name carries the product name, and the corresponding external_class_library.class_name should be set to "Name_identification". Questions for consistency purposes: 1. Is the Organization specifying the name required to be identified (according to current C001 template, the Organization assigning the name is also required to be specified)? 2. Should ALL other types of products in PLCS (i.e. attachment_slot, breakdown, breakdown_element, document, interface_connector, interface_specification, part, product_as_individual, requirement) also conform to this rule regarding names? 3. Any feedback? regards, Tim


Closed issue Issue: RBN-16 by Rob Bodington (05-11-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Remove the attributes rd_library and rd_class_of_class They are redundant.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-03-28)
This was already fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-17 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add the template representing_part
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-03-28)
This was already fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-18 by Rob Bodington (06-06-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

A number of the figures are missing
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-03-28)
This was already fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-19 by Rob Bodington (07-04-25) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability should make clear that th version represents the iteration of a design. A variant of a design should be represented by product concept and configuration
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-05-17)
Note inserted under section "Part_version".

representing_person_organization - issues
Capability (C016):— representing_person_organization Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:11
Revision: 1.20

Issue raised against: representing_person_organization

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-02-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The capability should be renamed "assigning_person_organization" and the capability "representing_person_organization" "referencing_person_organization" deleted.
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 06-04-16)
I don't understand. Please clarify.


Open issue Issue: NN-3 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Reference data section required.

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (05-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Version 1.8 of this capability contains material developed for the example Dex and introduces tables of contraints, rules and sections which will be moved to the business DEXs area. This capability needs to be reset to version 1.6 to effect this.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-02-02)
Done


Closed issue Issue: IB1 by IanBailey (2004-04-16) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

This capability does not assign the person and organization. I believe it should, as right now, each capability has to do its own assignment.


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Need an instantiation example to show the person in organization role modelled through assigning_reference_data capability, outlining capability boundaries.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-02-02)
This is provided in the template


Closed issue Issue: NN-2 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Can just a person be assigned if the organization is unknown?
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 06-04-16)
AP239 does not allow persons to exist outside the context of an organization. In real life, however, the organizational belonging of the person might not always be recorded properly, especially when dealing with legacy data, in which case the org_id can be set to '/UNKNOWN', as pointed out in figure 7.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add TEMPLATE: assigning_address TEMPLATE: assigning_person_in_organization
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-02-02)
Templates added


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (06-02-02) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The reference data in "Figure 7 EXPRESS-G representation of the Information model for assigning_person_in_organization" is referred to as "Maintenance level of organization" - this should be "Type of organization" The "assigning_identification" should not be called "PID"
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 06-04-16)
Changed 'Maintenance level of organization' to 'Classification of organization, e.g. maintenance level'. Changed 'PID' to Identification of person'.


Closed issue Issue: PBM-1 by Peter Bergstrom (06-01-20) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Template Assigning_person_organization forces the owner of the identification of a person to be same organization as the organization in which the person is employed. AP239 does not mandate any identification of persons, so the template Assigning_identifier on entity Person ought to be optional, i.e. a characterization of the template Assigning_person_organization. If so, Persons can be identified if need be, and the identifier of a Person can be owned by another organization than that in which the person works.
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 06-04-16)
Identification of person made optional, and a section added under characterization.


Closed issue Issue: EML-1 by Ed McNeil (06-06-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Assigning_person_in_organization Figure 9 instantiated template name 'assigning_classified_indication' should be 'assigning_identification_with_no_organization' according to the instantiation path.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-23)
Corrected figure


Closed issue Issue: DNV-06 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-02-27) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Templates such as assigning_approving_person need to reference person_in_organization (similiar assigning_approving_organization need to reference an organization). Person_in_organization should be represented independently and referenced.

Proposal: NEW Template called "repr_pers" (representing_person): The template describes a person_in_organization similiar to assigning_person_in_organization but without an entity Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment. This makes it easier to reference this template in different contexts. (e.g. assigning_approvals)

Comment: (Rob Bodington 08-02-26)
New template created

representing_product_as_individual - issues
Capability (C045):— representing_product_as_individual Date: 2009/08/05 21:08:21
Revision: 1.27

Issue raised against: representing_product_as_individual

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (2005-02-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In Figure 6, The classification of the identification of a product_as_realized should be Version_identification_code not build modification code
Comment: (Mike Ward 2005-02-21)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (2005-02-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In Figure 7: The view definition of a product_as_individual is a Product_as_individual_view not a Product_view_definition
Comment: (Mike Ward 2005-02-21)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (2005-02-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In Figure 9 and in the text - it should be clear that both the Part and the version can be related to the Product-as_individual and Product-as_realized
Comment: (Mike Ward 2005-02-21)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (2005-02-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In the characterization section, the dates and person are assigned to Product_design_to_individual. Surely they should be assigned to the product_as_individual?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 2005-02-21)
Modified
Comment: (Mike Ward 2005-02-21)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (2005-02-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The product_version_relationship should be treated in the same way as in representing parts, and use the same classification. I propose: Derived_version_relationship Sequential_version_relationship Hierarchical_version_relationship See the section on "Version History Relationships" also refer to the PDM Schema usage guide.
Comment: (Mike Ward 2005-02-21)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-6 by Rob Bodington (2005-02-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In Figure 3 - there is a typo in "Individual to with serial number". Also need to comment "product_as_realized" Also "product_design to individual" should go to Part not product Same applies to Figure 4
Comment: (Mike Ward 2005-02-21)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-7 by Rob Bodington (2005-02-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

In Figure 5 - #9 is selected - it should not be.
Comment: (Mike Ward 2005-02-21)
Fixed.


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (2005-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Make it clear in the text that the relation_type attribute on Product_version_relationship is not populated by the actual value but classified.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-01-24)
Fixed in text and detailed Express-G diagram.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-8 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add template: representing_product_as_realized
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-01-24)
Added.


Closed issue Issue: DNV-28b by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The template representing_product_as_realized is closer to a business object that shall represent the product than to a template which is reusable in many DEXes. We need a higher level of granularity for a template that references a product_as_realized (see also issue reported to the template).

Add NEW template Referencing_product_as_individual (ref_p_a_ind), containing Product_as_individual and Product_as_realized with identifiers.

Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-11-21)
See issues in template representing_product_as_realized. Referencing_product_as_individual has been created


Closed issue Issue: RBN-9 by Rob Bodington (07-04-25) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The vn_id_class_name(Default=Version_identification_code,Type='CLASS') should be vn_id_class_name(Default=Product_as_individual_identification_code,Type='CLASS')
Comment: (Trisha Rollo 2007-06-08)
fixed.

representing_product_configuration - issues
Capability (C063):— representing_product_configuration Date: 2012/05/23 17:43:16
Revision: 1.31

Issue raised against: representing_product_configuration

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-03-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Should this capability be combined with representing_assembly_structure
Comment: (Mike Ward 2005-02-18)
Since we have referencing and representing product configuration, it is probably best to leave this as a stand alone capability.

representing_product_as_individual_configuration - issues
Capability (C067):— representing_product_as_individual_configuration Date: 2007/07/11 16:32:00
Revision: 1.11

Issue raised against: representing_product_as_individual_configuration

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-03-09) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

There needs to be an identifying section.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-03-09)
Added

representing_project_information - issues
Capability (C055):— representing_project_information Date: 2010/07/01 11:45:29
Revision: 1.20

Issue raised against: representing_project_information

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: SMB-1 by Sean Barker (2004-6-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The reference data Owner states that the project is the owner of the information. Information ownership should be asserted using information rights.


Open issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (2005-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Reference data examples 'Critical' and 'LowPriority' are not included in the reference data section.
representing_properties_numerically - issues
Capability (C079):— representing_properties_numerically Date: 2012/05/21 19:35:57
Revision: 1.47

Issue raised against: representing_properties_numerically

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (05-04-11) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Version 1.21 of this capability contains material developed for the example Dex and introduces tables of contraints, rules and sections which will be moved to the business DEXs area. This capability needs to be reset to the previous version to effect this.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-06-08)
I think this has been done earlier, without closing this issue. The capability has been totally rewritten since the issue was made.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (04-03-22) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

There are no entities, types or functions defined for this capability (in the usage section). This means that DEX1, for example, cannot use this capability while the entities to be used are missing/undefined.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-03-29)
Patience is a virtue.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-03-25) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Need to link to other property capabilities C077: assigning_process_properties C078: assigning_resource_properties C076: assigning_product_properties C080: representing_properties_textually
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-03-29)
The links are already in the dependent and related capabilities section. Do you want them putting in somewhere else ?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-07-29)
Yes - I think that a <note> in the introduction and the business concept section would be helpful
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-07-29)


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (04-03-25) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The EXPRESSG in the the information model section, I think that you need to explain what is a does not show property_representation, which is then described.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-03-29)
This has now been changed to refer to the appropriate capabilities which provide the property_representation


Closed issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (04-03-31) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability should use extended_measure_representation module as well.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-28)
I think Tom Hendrix has now started a new capability for value range which deals with this. Do you still want to see it here ?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-07-29)
OK - Tom has created "Capability (C084):representing_property_value_ranges". I think that a <note> in the introduction and the business concept section mentioning this would be helpful
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-29)
The introduction now refers to C084: representing_property_value_ranges.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (04-04-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The express-g diagram should show all the property model, with the diagram shaded to show which is covered by which capability. The same applies to all property modules
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-007-28)
We have done this with the instance diagrams, but not the EXPRESS-G - Is this necessary with the EXP-G too ?.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-07-29)
I think that it is helpful to see as much of the EXPRESS-G model as possible. The problem with the modules is that they are so fine grained that it is hard to understand the complete model when just looking at a module. The capabilities are supposed to address this.
Comment: (Mike Ward 2004-01-06)
EXPRESS-G revised.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (04-04-06) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The instance diagrams should be shaded to show which capability covering which part of the instance diagram. The same applies to all property modules
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-28)
We have done this now..


Closed issue Issue: THX-1 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

*purpose of the Representing Properties capability is to* Change *Representing Properties* to *Representing Properties NUmerically*
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-28)
Done !


Closed issue Issue: THX-2 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

*the values of properties are represented* change to something like *the values of properties are represented numerically*
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-28)
Done !


Closed issue Issue: THX-3 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

EXAMPLE a mass property may be expressed as 1kg or as 2.2lbs put a space before the unit e.g. 2.2 lbs . I cant tell 1 from l.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-28)
Done for both instances


Closed issue Issue: THX-4 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add C084 as a related capability
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-28)
Done !


Closed issue Issue: THX-5 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

* ISO10303 uses properties extensively* Is *extensively* meant as a technical term (sets are defined intensively or extensively)?
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-28)
Er...no, I'm not clever enough to have meant that. I just meant they were used often. I'll change the wording ;)


Closed issue Issue: THX-6 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Part 43 says that numbers are not considered to be related unless they are in the same representation_context. For geometry this means you can't assume a common coordinate system. Not sure what it means here. But maybe the word *related* should be mentioned.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-28)
I fixed this by adding the text; "The STEP (ISO10303) standard uses the concept of representation context. All values in the same context are deemed to be related. This idea originates from geometrical representations, so that common coordinates systems could be identified. For numeric properties, the representation context can be used to group properties of a similar type - e.g. mass properties, time properties, etc. However, the extensive use of classification and reference data in PLCS has rendered the use of representation context less important."


Closed issue Issue: THX-7 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

When si_unit = .T. we have a well defined unit since they map to si_units. So I fear that classification may create possible conflict of semantics. Do we need to classify si units? The AP203 recommended practice says a measure should have SI units or else conversion based units that are based on an SI measure_with_units. The PLCS capability relies on classification. Does the PLCS standard reference data library cover conversion units?
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-28)
I think this needs to be raised with the PLCS modellers and a decision made before I can close this issue. There are many cases where the PLCS classification could potentially conflict with existing STEP modelling practice, so I suspect this has been looked into before. I have mailed the PLCS exploder on this subject.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-01-13)
We should add a section in the capability describing the uses of Units. This should explain that the preferred approach is to classify Unit. It should explain that the sub classes of Units such as "Length_unit" can be used but is not necessary, in which case they would be classified. This approach is primariliy for compatibility with the PDM Schema. We should explain that all units are either SI base units or conversion based units, i.e. converted from the SI base units.
Comment: (Mike Ward 2004-01-06)
Classification structures have now been developed (in embryo form at least) for PLCS units and tentative agreement reached on the approach used.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-10-27)
The capability does not make it clear whether PLCS expects only the use of "Unit" or its subclasses, and if so, it does not explain the use of "Context_dependent_unit", "Conversion_based_unit", mass_units ect.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 06-05-31)
This capability no longer cover the use of units, this is moved to and handled by capability Representing_value_with_unit. These issues have been considered in the editing of that capability, and have hopefully been properly resolved there.


Closed issue Issue: THX-8 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

*Characterization of XXXX* Replace XXXX
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-28)
Done - has been replace with "Characterization of Numeric Properties"


Closed issue Issue: THX-9 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 7 - instance #15 says metric representation but it has two rep items one has English unit. I think this example should have two instances each of Property_value_representation and Property_representation .
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-28)
This must have already been fixed, as fig 7 has imperial and metric representations.


Closed issue Issue: THX-10 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-10) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Fix *(need links here)*
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-28)
Done, appropriate links have been inserted.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-6 by Rob Bodington (04-08-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The classification_assignments in the instance diagrams show "role" strings - these should be empty.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-28)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Is the mandatory recording of the date and time when a property was assigned a value necessary? This is not always known or relevant. It would require a lot of extra entity instances to represent an unknown value. Same applies to person and organization characterisation.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 06-05-31)
Assignment of date and time, and organization, have been made optional.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-7 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add the templates: TEMPLATE: activity_property_value TEMPLATE: product_property_value
Comment: (Peter Bergström 06-05-31)
These are defined in capabilities Assigning_product_properties and Assigning_process_properties instead.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-8 by Rob Bodington (06-01-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The diagram Figure 20 Entities instantiated by product_property_value template shows a Context_dependent_unit, is should be Unit according to the template
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 06-01-21)
Corrected.


Closed issue Issue: PBM-1 by Peter Bergstrom (2006-04-28) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Templates for the following capabilities must be harmonized:
C076: assigning_product_properties
C077: assigning_process_properties
C078: assigning_resource_properties
C080: representing_properties_textually
C079: representing_properties_numerically
C084: representing_property_value_ranges
C056: representing_evolution_of_property_values.
If possible, the document property capability C087: assigning_document_properties should also be harmonized with other properties.
In order to minimize the number of total templates for properties, the following structures of templates has been proposed:
1. assignment of the property (product, process, or resource)
2. association of a representation with an assigned property (i.e. associate a text property with a product property)
3. representation of a value (text, numerical, or a numerical range)
Number 1 and 2 above would exist in three different 'flavours', for products, processes (activities) and resources. Number 3 would be generic, and applicable to all.
If the current division of properties would be used, as in the capability C079: representing_properties_numerically where number 2 and 3 above are collapsed in one template, we would need agreat number of templates to represent all different types of numerical ranges in C084: representing_property_value_ranges, and we would not re-use the value representations at all.
See templates in capability C080: representing_properties_textually for an example of the propsed solution.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 06-05-31)
This change have been implemented.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-9 by Rob Bodington (06-06-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

After Fig 5,6,7 add a list of the templates used in the diagram - this will make it easier to navigate.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2007-05-17)
This change have been implemented.

representing_properties_textually - issues
Capability (C080):— representing_properties_textually Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:11
Revision: 1.39

Issue raised against: representing_properties_textually

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (04-03-22) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

There are no entities, types or functions defined for this capability (in the usage section). This means that DEX1, for example, cannot use this capability while the entities to be used are missing/undefined.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-03-29)
Patience is a virtue.


Closed issue Issue: THX-1 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

*Representing Properties* should be *Representing Properties Textually*
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-29)
Done


Closed issue Issue: THX-2 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

rep item text includes *shall be less than * The rep item has the requirement semantic in its text, which means there are three ways to represent *required* : classification, qualification, and embedded descriptive text. Suggest using one of first two , consistently with other capabilities, and just putting the value in the rep item, thus *less than 5 kg.*
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-29)
All this is doing is capturing the text produced by a requirements management tool. Most requirements start with "the thing shall...". This is the way we handle requirement text, and it would be inappropriate to expect pre-processors to change the requirements text produced by systems engineers.
Comment: (Mike Ward 2005-01-05)
Issue closed for reasons provided in IBY's comment of 2004-07-29.


Closed issue Issue: THX-3 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 7 missing. Need to commit and check the reference
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-29)
This seems to be OK now.


Closed issue Issue: THX-4 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Missing some ul tags. I fixed.


Closed issue Issue: THX-5 by Tom Hendrix (04-05-10) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

*EXAMPLE A required property may be represented with a text string; * The laptop shall weigh less than 5kg.* Suggest explaining in the vicinity of figure 6 that the rep item does not include all this text, and does not identify the item. See also THX-2
Comment: (Tom Hendrix 04-05-10)
EXAMPLE The laptop shall be grey in colour. Suggest an illustration that shows both colour and mass as two separate instances of assigned_property.
Comment: (Ian Bailey 2004-07-29)
Made a small change. Again, this is valid text, as it would have come from a requirements tool. There may not be a laptop product anywhere that this is assigned to - in fact this is often the case with requirements specs.


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Is the mandatory recording of the date and time when a property was assigned a value necessary? This is not always known or relevant. It would require a lot of extra entity instances to represent an unknown value. Same applies to person and organization characterisation.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-04-18)
I agree, there is no need to make things overly complicated and force people and applications to 'invent' data. I suggest a change of wording to 'strongly recommended' or such. The new templates have them optional, currently.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-27)
Date and time, as well as organization and person, have been made optional.


Closed issue Issue: NN-2 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Make it clear that the name of the property maps to Assigned_property.name and the value of the property maps to String_representation_item.string_value.
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 2006-04-18)
I think this is clear from the new templates.


Closed issue Issue: NN-3 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Instantiation diagrams need to reflect the developments in reference data and how classification is handled i.e. apply general rule that id and name not populated but contained in External_class. Indeed, new template notation could be used in the diagrams.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-29)
fixed.


Closed issue Issue: PBM-1 by Peter Bergstrom (2006-04-28) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Templates for the following capabilities must be harmonized:
C076: assigning_product_properties
C077: assigning_process_properties
C078: assigning_resource_properties
C080: representing_properties_textually
C079: representing_properties_numerically
C084: representing_property_value_ranges
C056: representing_evolution_of_property_values.
If possible, the document property capability C087: assigning_document_properties should also be harmonized with other properties.
In order to minimize the number of total templates for properties, the following structures of templates has been proposed:
1. assignment of the property (product, process, or resource)
2. association of a representation with an assigned property (i.e. associate a text property with a product property)
3. representation of a value (text, numerical, or a numerical range)
Number 1 and 2 above would exist in three different 'flavours', for products, processes (activities) and resources. Number 3 would be generic, and applicable to all.
If the current division of properties would be used, as in the capability C079: representing_properties_numerically where number 2 and 3 above are collapsed in one template, we would need agreat number of templates to represent all different types of numerical ranges in C084: representing_property_value_ranges, and we would not re-use the value representations at all.
See templates in capability C080: representing_properties_textually for an example of the propsed solution.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-27)
Harmonization done. Only document properties have not been harmonized yet, but they should be inline with what has been done with other properties.

representing_property_value_ranges - issues
Capability (C084):— representing_property_value_ranges Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:11
Revision: 1.13

Issue raised against: representing_property_value_ranges

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: PBM-1 by Peter Bergström (2006-04-28) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Templates for the following capabilities must be harmonized:
C076: assigning_product_properties
C077: assigning_process_properties
C078: assigning_resource_properties
C080: representing_properties_textually
C079: representing_properties_numerically
C084: representing_property_value_ranges
C056: representing_evolution_of_property_values.
If possible, the document property capability C087: assigning_document_properties should also be harmonized with other properties.
In order to minimize the number of total templates for properties, the following structures of templates has been proposed:
1. assignment of the property (product, process, or resource)
2. association of a representation with an assigned property (i.e. associate a text property with a product property)
3. representation of a value (text, numerical, or a numerical range)
Number 1 and 2 above would exist in three different 'flavours', for products, processes (activities) and resources. Number 3 would be generic, and applicable to all.
If the current division of properties would be used, as in the capability C079: representing_properties_numerically where number 2 and 3 above are collapsed in one template, we would need a great number of templates to represent all different types of numerical ranges in C084: representing_property_value_ranges, and we would not re-use the value representations at all.
See templates in capability C080: representing_properties_textually for an example of the proposed solution.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-13)
The other property capabilities are now being changed in accordance with this.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-31)
Change implemented. Document properties still needs to be edited in accordance with this.


Closed issue Issue: PBM-2 by Peter Bergström (2006-05-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Create templates representing_value_range, representing_value_limit and representing_value_w_tolerance. They are need in capabilities
C076: assigning_product_properties,
C077: assigning_process_properties, and
C078: assigning_resource_properties.
Comment: (Peter Bergström 2006-05-31)
Done.

representing_resource - issues
Capability (C052):— representing_resource Date: 2012/05/23 17:37:04
Revision: 1.39

Issue raised against: representing_resource

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (2006-4-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The capability describes a usage of an applied_activity_method_assignment (AAMA), which seems to reverse current thinking - I agree with GLY-1. The use of AAMA is also apparently not in scope for this capability given that this entity is not included in the usage section. AAMA also does not appear on any of the figures or examples. Nor is the AAMA listed in any dependant capabilities.


Open issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (2006-4-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The capability does not describe the usage of a resource_item_assignment (RIA) which is present on Fig 1 The use of AAMA is also apparantly not in scope for this capability given that this entity is not included in the usage section. AAMA also does not appear on any of the figures or examples.


Open issue Issue: TJT-3 by Tim Turner (2006-4-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Some of the figures still refer to Task which is an entity of the DIS model and now no longer used/available in the IS version of AP239. Same for task_assignment - please remove. The text also needs to be updated to reflect the IS model.


Open issue Issue: TJT-4 by Tim Turner (2006-4-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Some references to entities still not using entity-refs e.g. under fig2


Open issue Issue: TJT-5 by Tim Turner (2006-4-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

I did not think we should list the entities of a select_type list in a capabilility since when the capability is used within a DEX, some of those items listed may no longer be in scope. Hence they will not be available but the documentation which includes the capability will still make reference to them which wil be misleading. E.g. Fig1, list under fig 1, under fig2, and under fig4. Some of these lists are also out of date or incorrect - e.g. 2 items missing from list under fig1 product_as_individual_version and _view; 3 misisng from under fig2; under fig5 only 5 out of 12 are correct.


Open issue Issue: TJT-5i by Tim Turner (2006-4-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Some of the entities of the select_type lists are also out of date or incorrect - e.g. 2 items missing from list under fig1 (product_as_individual_version and _view); 3 missing from under fig2; under fig5 only 5 out of 12 are correct.


Open issue Issue: TJT-6 by Tim Turner (2006-4-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

A number of items of reference data seem no longer available and get reported as errors in the capability. It is not clear if these are actually errors in referencing or whether the reference data has been removed for other reasons. When reference data gets removed, it can look ugly. Clarify usage of ref data apparently missing.


Open issue Issue: TJT-7 by Tim Turner (2006-4-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

A number of items of reference data seem to read more like step entities than reference data. E.g. Resource_group_association_relationship, Locating_resource_item_assignment etc.. These may well be there as stubs to be further specialised into more readily understandable concepts, but then they should state that. E.g. this is a generic class and narrower contexts may be provided through sub-classes. e.g. Resource_location maybe a sub-class of Locating_resource_item_assignment.


Open issue Issue: TJT-8 by Tim Turner (2006-4-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Templates are required for assigning_required_resource_item and assigning_specified_resource_item, others are possible but probably not necessary (e.g the resource_item_relationship / assignment. Templates should be shown for the different types of characterizations.


Open issue Issue: TJT-9 by Tim Turner (2006-4-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The text mentions the use of .description attribute to record info/details in places. Ensure that all description info is provided through assigning_descriptor.


Open issue Issue: TJT-10 by Tim Turner (2006-4-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The characterizations of resources should include some indication of the different types of reference data needed when using them in relation to each resource concept applicable.


Open issue Issue: TJT-11 by Tim Turner (2006-4-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The statement "An instance diagram showing the assignment of a classification to an Resource_item is given in Figure 5" is incorrect.


Open issue Issue: TJT-12 by Tim Turner (2006-4-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Fig2 - and corresponding text: it is important to state that the quantity refers to the related resource_item and not the relating. I don't know if the example provided in the text for Fig2 is appropriate as the capacity of a tank should (ideally?) be reported using a resource_property(?!) assuming this is meant to be a resource item group (maybe re-word to contains 2000litres). Reference is made to a resource_event_relationship but this is not in scope or defined or dependant or related. The relationship needs to be between 2 or more items in the same contextual role. A resource_item_relationship could infer alternative/substitute resource_items. In my opinion, a group relationship should be classified on the basis of what is being grouped. For instance, the toolbox and hammer should be classified as (something like) a type of physical_resource_grouping; the facility and compressed air should be classified as a type of functional_resource_grouping. Other ref data looks good.


Open issue Issue: SB/LG-DEX3-1 by Sean Barker (2005-9-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Replace required quantity with property, which may then be classified as (calculation, estimate, management-decision, measured), and allow for alternate quantities.


Open issue Issue: GYL-1 by Leif Gyllstrom (2005-11-07) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The capability contains the following recommendations.

Actually, the intentions in writing the module was to use Required_resource_assignment to assign required resources to a task/activity/... and to use Applied_activity_method_assignment/Task_method_assignment/... to represent Tasks/Activities that is to executed on the resource.


Open issue Issue: DNV-34 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

A template is needed to represent required resource, e.g. for a Task.

Proposal: Add NEW template, representing_required_resource (rep_req_src), containing Required_resource_assignment with classification, Required_resource_by_resource_item with classification and Value_with_unit with unit, and Resource_item with identifier and optional classification.


Open issue Issue: DNV-35 by Sylvia Schwab on behalf of DNV (07-03-07) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

A template is needed to represent resource item groups , e.g. number of resource items in a stock.

Proposal: Add NEW template, representing_resource_item_group (rep_src_it_grp), containing Resource_item_assignment with classification, Resource_item with classification and reference to a resource_item_select, and Resource_group_relationship with classification and a Value_with_unit with classification and unit. When used as part of a business object, the Resource_group_relationship will reference a Resource_item that is part of the template representing_required_resource (rep_req_src).

Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2007-05-04)
Resources in stock shall be represented as a Managed_resource and not Resource_group. Resource_groups are ment to be used for representing tool kits etc.


Open issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (07-08-09) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Move template representing_required_resource representing_resource_item_group to NDLO/templates


Open issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (2008-02-26) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Do we really need two templates:
representing_resource_item_realization
representing_resource_item.

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-01-12) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

You should use express_ref to hyper links to the entities.
Comment: (Mike Ward 2004-03-21)
All express and capability refs changed to hyperlinks.

representing_resource_as_realized - issues
Capability (C085):— representing_resource_as_realized Date: 2007/10/22 08:10:19
Revision: 1.22

Issue raised against: representing_resource_as_realized

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (07-03-26) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The XML is not valid and the capability needs to use templates
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-03-26)
Corrected XML

representing_scheme - issues
Capability (C062):— representing_scheme Date: 2012/05/23 17:35:48
Revision: 1.22

Issue raised against: representing_scheme

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Introduction: Have always thought that only in cases where there are date and time details, should Scheme be used, otherwise it is just a list of related Activities. Suggested otherwise.


Open issue Issue: NN-3 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Would have used Person_or_person_in_organization_assignment to Scheme rather than use Scheme_subject_assignment.


Open issue Issue: NN-4 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Should Security_classification be used or simply the more generic reference data mechanism?

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: NN-2 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Remove capitalisation of entity names. Use consistent mixed case linked references.
Comment: ( )
TJT Fixed


Closed issue Issue: NN-5 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Require EXPRESS-G reference and instantiation pattern diagrams to support text.
Comment: ( )
TJT Fixed

representing_security - issues
Capability (C089):— representing_security Date: 2012/05/23 15:58:39
Revision: 1.7

Issue raised against: representing_security

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (07-04-25) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The Characterization Assigning person or organization as responsible for classification. Should not use "Security_classifier_of" Instead use issuer_of
representing_state_observed - issues
Capability (C041):— representing_state_observed Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:11
Revision: 1.36

Issue raised against: representing_state_observed

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: SB-2 by Sean Barker (03-06-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

In order to track task lifecycle, the task (as part of the support solution) needs to be associated to a state identifying its lifecycle stage. These states are asserted by an approval, rather than by observation, and this case needs to be covered by representing_state_observed.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-03-08)
This comments needs to take into account the changes to the Task model that were implemented in the IS version of Ap239. The comment should be reviewed once the task capability has been re written.

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-01-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The usage section is repeating a number of modules that are identified in the dependent capabilities. E.g. Date time. Also, bringing in entities that are part of the example.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-05)
Reference is made to the capabilities and the entities have been removed from the usage section.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Norwegian Pilot (04-05-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

2 Information model overview. "Observed state" section. Writing error? Reference to Figure 1 below Рshould be above?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-05)
Agreed - fixed


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Norwegian Pilot (04-05-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

3 Characterization of Observed states The section describes some entities to be used in relation to an observed state. All of them belong to defined capabilities as C010, C007, C036 and C074/C016. Should they be referenced instead?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-05)
Agreed - added reference to the capabilities and changed instance diagrams to show which capabilities are being used.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Norwegian Pilot (04-05-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

4 Characterization of Observed states References to other capabilities Figure 2. The related capabilities should be market out to clarify what is in scope of C041 and not. See Figure 1 below. Figure 3 and 4. Same comment as for Figure 2.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-05)
Agreed and corrected.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Norwegian Pilot (04-05-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

5 Characterization of Observed states "Rules" for using different colours in Figure 2-6 The rules should be pointed out in the documentation. For example, Figure 4: Why are some external class entities black and some grey?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-05)
Agreed and corrected.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Norwegian Pilot (04-05-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

7 State and activity Referring to C032? Does the entity "activity_actual" and "applied_activity_assignment" belong to C032? If so, should this capability be listed in "Dependent capabilities"?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-05)
No. They are in referencing_activities. Dependent capabilities updated.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Norwegian Pilot (04-05-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

8 Dependent capabilities Illustrations of related capabilities Capability C037, C001, C010 and C016 are listed. Are all included in illustrations on Figure 2-6?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-05)
yes


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Norwegian Pilot (04-05-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

9 Capability EXPRESS information model Two models as basis for this capability? Both "state_observed" and "state_defined" are listed as part of C041. Why both? Isn't "state_defined" basis for C007, and C007 is only referenced by C041?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-05)
representing_state_type is specified as a related capability.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Norwegian Pilot (04-05-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

10 Capability EXPRESS information model Which entities belong to this capability? Entities in module "state_observed" 7 out of 13 entities from this module are illustrated in Figure 2-6. Do the 6 remaining entities belong to this capability too? If so, is it up to the implementer to decide where and how to apply them? See Table 2 below. Entities in module "state_definition" Part of this capability or C007?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-05)
Decided to bring ALL the entities in from module "state_observed" and only "state_definition" from module "state_definition" Also removed all the entities that are not directly used by this capability. The rest will be brought in by the dependent and related capabilities


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Norwegian Pilot (04-05-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

11 Reference data No reference data?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-05)
Added.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Norwegian Pilot (04-05-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

12 General comment Complete overview of C041. Would it add some value to the documentation if all information in Figure 2-6 was merged together into one Figure? Related capabilities should then only be referred to with number or name.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-05-05)
A style issue I guess. My opinion is that the diagrams make more sense separated.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (04-09-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

This capability currently uses ENTITY State_assertion; name : STRING; description : OPTIONAL STRING; asserted_state : State; conformance_state : State_definition; END_ENTITY; Hence this entity depends upon State_definition. Either this should be added to the usage section (via the modules) or representing_state_type (which is where this entity is defined) should be listed as a dependant capability.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-29)
Made representing_state_type a dependent capability


Closed issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (04-09-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

This capability currently uses ENTITY State_assessment; name : STRING; description : OPTIONAL STRING; assessed_state : State; comparable_state : State_definition; END_ENTITY; Hence this entity depends upon State_definition. Either this should be added to the usage section (via the modules) or representing_state_type (which is where this entity is defined) should be listed as a dependant capability.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-29)
Made representing_state_type a dependent capability


Closed issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (05-01-13) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The classification of a state is about how the observation that something in the state was made. The definition of the state that something is observed to be in is made by the state_definition. The state_observed, refers to that state_definition. The definition of the state is then provided by a classification of the state_definition
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-03-08)
This issues is still being discussed in the OASIS TC
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-03-08)
Changed capability to say that the classification is of the state_definition, not the state_observed.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-6 by Rob Bodington (05-03-08) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Need to explain the use of applied_state_assignment.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-03-08)
Added section.


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Update instantiation diagrams with template shorthand notations for assigning_reference data in particular.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-15)
Most diagrams have been edited - however, some still have comments. Adding templates would make the diagram too complex to be comprehensible.


Closed issue Issue: RBN-7 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Two templates should be added to the capability: TEMPLATE: assigning_asserted_state TEMPLATE: assigning_assessed_state
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-05-17)
Added


Closed issue Issue: RBN-8 by Rob Bodington (06-06-14) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The section "State and activity" does not really add any value - recommend that it is deleted.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-14)
deleted


Closed issue Issue: EML-1 by ed McNeil (06-06-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Template Assigning_assessed_state Reference parameter state_def is used in the instantiation path but not declared in the Reference Parameters section.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-06-23)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: RBN-9 by Rob Bodington (06-07-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Template: assigning_asserted_state and assigning_assessed_state The input parameter state_class_name specifies that a State_identification_code (urn:plcs:rdl:std:State_identification_code) should be used. A State_definition is being classified, not an identification_assignment, therefore the use of a State_identification_code is inappropriate. The class should be a sub class of State_definition.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-07-03)
Changed to subclases of State_definition

representing_state_type - issues
Capability (C007):— representing_state_type Date: 2008/01/28 13:34:35
Revision: 1.14

Issue raised against: representing_state_type

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: SMB-1 by Sean Barker (2004-6-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

A description of the use of Applied_state_defintion_assignment.role is needed.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2007-05-02)
I've adressed this in the template 'assigning_state_type'. However, it still remains to be dealt with in the capability.


Open issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-08-20) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

How is the probability of a state represented? The suggestion is to create a property associated with the state that is the probability of the occurrence of the state.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2007-05-02)
Then it should be a property assigend to the Applied_state_definition_assignment, so that the same state definition kan have different probabilities in different contexts.


Open issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Figure 1 is difficult to read.


Open issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (06-06-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The business overview should provide some examples of state defnitions, such as failure states The capability should provide an ExpressG diagram that gives an overview of the express constructs. It should not refer to the PLCS module


Open issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (06-06-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The diagrams should use templates


Open issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (06-06-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The capability should explain how reference data is used to provide the state definitions and how they should be extended. It should describe the top level of the reference data that is applicable to state definitions. E.g. State_of_functional_object State_of_physical_object etc

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (06-06-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The capability does not contain any templates - it should at least have templates for: applied_state_definition. This should follow the pattern of the assignment templates in representing_state_observed. It should also have a reference parameter on state_definition so that it can be related to state_observed.
Comment: (Leif Gyllstrom 2007-05-02)
Template 'assigning_state_type' added and ready for review.

representing_task - issues
Capability (C015):— representing_task Date: 2010/10/18 11:36:42
Revision: 1.31

Issue raised against: representing_task

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (2006-01-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The use of reference data is normally expected for attributes of entities which may change over time. Given that a version_identification_code is being propsed as id reference data for the Task_method_version entity, I fully expected to see that the version entity would have a .id attribute. However, there is no .id attribute, so I presume that this argument no longer applies. What is the agreed position regarding assignment of reference data to entities where no comparable attribute value exists? In theory this would normally require a change to the model (e.g. to add .id attribute), but PLCS reference data is designed to enhance the semantics of the model, (I read that in the help section!) so this may not be required. I think it is important though, to define the boundary of when reference data can and cannot / should not be applied, else we will perhaps not even require an EXPRESS model in the future!


Open issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (2006-01-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

A task_method and task_method_version are not types of Product. When assigning an id to the task_method_version, the reference data used refers to identifiers for Products. E.g. "A Version_identifcation_code is a Progression_identifcation_code that identifies a particular version of a product from a sequence of versions of a product." Usage of this code would indicate (to me) that it is being applied to a product, but this is not the case here. Although I can see that a task method might be considered a product (output) from one perspective, should we be respectful of the model and define reference data which is more in keeping for this part of the model - or do we not have to take care for these things?


Open issue Issue: SB-1 by Sean Barker (2005-11-18) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

This issue records questions that are to be deferred to later versions of Representing_task 1) Property lifecycle. There need to be some discussion of property lifecycle, for example, when the estimated time taken to complete a task is updated.


Open issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Make entity references mixed case and links.


Open issue Issue: NN-2 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Provide reference data classes as links to standard reference data and reference data section.


Open issue Issue: NN-3 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Figure 1.4 and 1.5 to be updated with assigning_reference_data template notation.


Open issue Issue: NN-4 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

When do use task to task_assignment to document and when do you use document to document_assignment to task? Same for Contract.


Open issue Issue: NN-5 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The following capabilities to be written/referenced:

  1. *REPRESENTING_REQUIREMENTS
  2. *REPRESNTING_ENVIRONMENT
  3. *REPRESENTING_CERTIFICATION
  4. *REPRESNTING_EXPERIENCE
  5. *REPRESENTING_INFORMATION_RIGHT
  6. *ASSIGNING_SECURITY_CLASSIFICATION
  7. *ASSIGNING_PROCESS_PROPERTIES


Open issue Issue: NN-6 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Provide the corresponding reference data classes for the Task_assignment classifications of Preparatory Task, Consequential Task and Exclusive Pair.


Open issue Issue: NN-7 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Empty entity list.
representing_task_structure - issues
Capability (C088):— representing_task_structure Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:11
Revision: 1.6

Issue raised against: representing_task_structure

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (05-11-19) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

This capability refers to entities and attributes of the DIS model and not the current (IS) model. It needs to be brought upto IS level asap. For example, Task_state_relationship, task result etc.. are no longer in the model.


Open issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Figures 7-9 missing.


Open issue Issue: NN-2 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Capability referencing_product_breakdown_element should be a link.


Open issue Issue: NN-3 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Reference data classes should be links where possible to standard reference data.


Open issue Issue: NN-4 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Require a reference data section.


Open issue Issue: NN-5 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Make entity names mixed case to be consistent with other capabilities e.g. Task_method not TASK_METHOD and links.


Open issue Issue: NN-6 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Empty entity list.

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (05-11-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The relationship between this (C088) and Task_Structure (C015) should be clarified urgently - should one be removed?
Comment: (Sean Barker 2007-03-19)
C015 was renames as Representing Task, and covers the basic capability for describing a task. This capability describes an exension to that capability.


Closed issue Issue: TJT-3 by Tim Turner (05-11-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The complexity of this capability would suggest that it would benefit from a number of templates to be defined. However, it might also be worth subdividing the capability.
Comment: (Sean Barker 2007-03-19)
No useful templates have been identified. Breaking the capability into capabilities for different types of structure would not be helpful,

representing_task_associations - issues
Capability (C090):— representing_task_associations Date: 2008/01/19 11:42:59
Revision: 1.4

Issue raised against: representing_task_associations

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

An EXPRESS-G diagram overview would be useful for the Information Model Overview section.


Open issue Issue: NN-2 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Refers to table 1, which does not exist.


Open issue Issue: NN-3 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Empty entity list in usage section


Open issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (05-11-19) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Obviously this capability is still under development. However, it also appears that it still refers to the PLCS DIS model and not the IS version. For example, Task was (I think) replaced by Task_element. It is therefore, also out of date and needs to be brought upto IS level asap.


Open issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner (05-11-19) major_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The distinction between different associations would appear to present a good opportunity to apply templates to maintain the separation suggested in the text. As a minimum, these distinctions should be backed up with relevant figures.


Open issue Issue: TJT-3 by Tim Turner (05-11-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The overview discusses (abstractly) possible confusions with the model (e.g. entity X) and then suggests (general) rules to avoid the problems. These need explicit examples for clarification.


Open issue Issue: TJT-4 by Tim Turner (05-11-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Hypertext links to referenced entities, attributes, reference data and to other capabilities are completly missing.
representing_variance - issues
Capability (C046):— representing_variance Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:11
Revision: 1.30

Issue raised against: representing_variance

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (06-06-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The template assigning_supported_justification should really be defined in the capability representing_justification


Open issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (06-06-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

In the template assigning_supported_justification, the descriptor assigned to the justification should be optional.


Open issue Issue: RBN-4 by Rob Bodington (06-06-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

The template assigning_condition should really be defined in the capability representing_condition


Open issue Issue: RBN-5 by Rob Bodington (06-06-27) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

In the template assigning_supported_justification, does it make sense to classify both the justification_assignment and the justification_support_assignment


Open issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner (07-02-2) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Thanks Peter, this was the original intention variance was just a parking place until there was time/effort to update the other capability. regards, Tim From: Peter Bergström [mailto:peter.bergstrom@eurostep.com] Sent: 31 January 2007 11:17 To: plcs-dex@lists.oasis-open.org Subject: [plcs-dex] justifications I have removed template assigning_supported_justification from capability representing_variance. Instead, I’m in the process of creating two new templates in capability representing_justification. They are together identical to the old template, but I split it in two for two reasons: 1) For simple justifications, it is enough to describe them in a text string, using asg_descriptor. [Tim Turner] ok 2) It is now possible to assign more than one item as supporting the justification, each with its own classification. [Tim Turner] Agreed - I should have left that item open! The two new templates are assigning_justification and assigning_justification_support_item. [Tim Turner] Fine - only issue is documenting the /ignore(s) for the former of these that Fig 1 of the latter, gives the impression that more entities are instantiated than actually are (perhaps only show the justification entity, not all the others covered by the other template?). The capability representing_variance needs to be updated to reflect this, as well as the DEX work_package_definition. [Tim Turner] True Peter Bergström Eurostep


Open issue Issue: PBM-1 by Peter Bergström (2007-01-23) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

This capability has two editors. I suggest one is removed.

OTHER issues


Closed issue Issue: AMS-1 by annmeads (04-03-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

One type of concession/variance is the decision to re-schedule an activity to a later date. This could be modelled as a Justification on the Activity_happening relationship between Activity and Activity_actual. Can this capability provide Activity_actual and Activity_happening?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-29)
An Activity_actual represents an Activity that has happened. I do not see why you would want to specify a variance against an activity that has happened in the past. The variance would be against the planned activity (Activity) and or the assignment of the planned activity to a product.
Comment: (Ann Meads 04-09-29)
This was how we modelled UMMS concessions upon advice from Nigel Shaw. However, I think you are correct in your analysis. If it makes sense to assign a justification to a 'new' date_or_date_time_assignment to the (planned) activity and this is covered by a capability, the issue is resolved.


Closed issue Issue: TRO-1 by Trisha Rollo (05-01-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Figure 1 states that (Condition) is the "conditions under which concession applicable" and (Justification) is "reasons for concession" however figure 2 shows the(Condition) bit as being the "reasons for concession"
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-01-19)
Corrected the diagram


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (05-01-19) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Under reasons for Concession, 3rd paragraph, last line; this example is surely conditional which is only meant to be applicable for conditional concessions
Comment: (Rob Bodington 05-01-19)
Agreed - modified the example


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Document is assigned to Approval for both reasons for concessions and documented conditions, both with the classification of Concession. How would you distinguish them?
Comment: (Tim Turner 06-04-16)
New ref data provided for distihguishing between documents for, concession, justification and conditions.


Closed issue Issue: NN-2 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Do we both populate the actual_date attribute and use Date_or_date_time_assignment with Calendar_date?
Comment: (Tim Turner 06-04-16)
No, the local calendar dates are optional, so we should ignore them and be consistent by applying the dates through assignment of ref.data.


Closed issue Issue: NN-3 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Should a related capability be representing_product_as_individual?
Comment: (Tim Turner 06-04-16)
The application of the capability is separate from the definition of its use. Relating all capabilities based upon possible usage is probably not practical, nor the norm as far as I'm aware.

representing_value_with_unit - issues
Capability (C096):— representing_value_with_unit Date: 2007/08/09 14:58:29
Revision: 1.22

Issue raised against: representing_value_with_unit

OTHER issues


Open issue Issue: TJT-1 by Tim Turner on behalf of UK MoD TES/ILS and Eng Pol under UK_Defence Development Programme. (06-12-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

This capability has no section on dependent capabilities or reference data. Reference data is mentioned in a number of places in the capability, but there is no section listing the reference data developed. The section on reference data should be siginificant since this capability deals with units and measures. If none are defined for this capability, then "None defined" should be entered into that section.


Open issue Issue: TJT-2 by Tim Turner on behalf of UK MoD TES/ILS and Eng Pol under UK_Defence Development Programme. (06-12-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Centimetre appears to be missing from the reference data (plcs-proposed).


Open issue Issue: TJT-3 by Tim Turner on behalf of UK MoD TES/ILS and Eng Pol under UK_Defence Development Programme. (06-12-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

There is a useful discussion on units within the capability. It should be explicitly stated when the si_unit.boolean attribute should be set to true (.T.). Also, note, the value of the si_unit.boolean attribute would now appear to be somewhat defunct or more subjective given that combining the EXPRESS unit and measure subtypes, and the associated rules for dimensional exponents have been deprecated.


Open issue Issue: TJT-4 by Tim Turner on behalf of UK MoD TES/ILS and Eng Pol under UK_Defence Development Programme. (06-12-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

This capability has no entities defined within the entity usage section. It would seem more consistent if it listed those entities found within the information model overview section.


Open issue Issue: TJT-5 by Tim Turner on behalf of UK MoD TES/ILS and Eng Pol under UK_Defence Development Programme. (06-12-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Currently an error is reported when selecting the Express menu item option. This is probably a side effect of the issue identified in TJT-4.


Open issue Issue: TJT-6 by Tim Turner on behalf of UK MoD TES/ILS and Eng Pol under UK_Defence Development Programme. (06-12-05) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

When selecting the Express Defs menu item option, the page informs the reader that this capability uses all of AP239, which is clearly incorrect. This is probably a side effect of the issue identified in TJT-4.


Open issue Issue: TJT-7 by Tim Turner on behalf of UK MoD TES/ILS and Eng Pol under UK_Defence Development Programme. (06-12-05) editorial issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

Each template repeats the description of the input parameter "si_unit" and states that a Part 11 ([is] a STEP file) - but should read Part 21 (a STEP file).

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (06-01-21) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Count reference parameter is missing from template representing-count
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 06-01-21)
Corrected


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (07-08-09) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Moved template representing_value_with_unit_explicit to NDLO/templates
representing_work_done - issues
Capability (C064):— representing_work_done Date: 2007/06/22 12:22:11
Revision: 1.29

Issue raised against: representing_work_done

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (07-03-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

The template_proxy should be set for "representing_work_done"
Comment: (Rob Bodington 07-03-23)
Corrected

representing_work_package - issues
Capability (C022):— representing_work_package Date: 2007/07/11 16:32:00
Revision: 1.12

Issue raised against: representing_work_package

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-01-15) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

This capability may be redundant as it may be covered by representing-work_order, representing_scheme, representing_task, which will all be brought together at the DEX level + relevant reference data.
Comment: (Nigel Newling 11Oct04)
While I accept that the business DEX addressed by this Capability could be achieved by a tailored use of representing_scheme, the DEX 4 / DEX 9 requirement does not call for that Capability's ability to represent a full blown project plan with all the tools required to define all the possible interactions between the various scheme_entry elements. I have, therefore, retained this Capability for now. If concensus believes this to be the wrong solution, then I will look again.

representing_work_order - issues
Capability (C065):— representing_work_order Date: 2008/01/08 16:35:58
Revision: 1.32

Issue raised against: representing_work_order

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (03-11-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Need to add all the characterizations.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-29)
Characterization added


Closed issue Issue: NN-1 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

To relate a top level activity (Directed_activity) to all its sub activities it is advised that the Directed_activity is related to all the inputs and outputs of the sub activities. Why can't the Directed_activity just be related to all its sub activities by Activity_relationship?
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-07-05)
This was driven by teh PDM schema documentation - as PLCS can represent significantly more detail on task to be performed than PDM Schema, this has been removed.


Closed issue Issue: NN-2 by Nigel Newling (05-11-17) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Update figure 2 with templates.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-07-05)
Done


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add template work_order
Comment: (Rob Bodington 06-07-05)
Done

representing_work_output - issues
Capability (C059):— representing_work_output Date: 2012/05/23 17:33:14
Revision: 1.8

Issue raised against: representing_work_output

GENERAL issues


Open issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (04-08-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

You should use <express_ref> to refer to entities - that way the entity is hyperlinked.


Open issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (04-08-16) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

I don't think that it is useful to refer to modules such as "AP239_ACTIVITY_RECORDING".


Open issue Issue: RBN-3 by Rob Bodington (04-09-03) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: open

It needs to be clarified how this capability differs from "Capability (C064): representing_work_done"
representing_work_request - issues
Capability (C066):— representing_work_request Date: 2008/01/28 17:20:40
Revision: 1.32

Issue raised against: representing_work_request

GENERAL issues


Closed issue Issue: RBN-1 by Rob Bodington (03-11-04) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Need to add all the characterizations.
Comment: (Rob Bodington 04-09-29)
Characterizations added


Closed issue Issue: RBN-2 by Rob Bodington (05-11-23) minor_technical issue
Resolution: Accept. Status: closed

Add template work_request
Comment: (Peter Bergstrom 2006-04-20)
Initial version of templates added

Business DEX Issues